TW456073B - Compliant communications connectors - Google Patents

Compliant communications connectors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW456073B
TW456073B TW088108030A TW88108030A TW456073B TW 456073 B TW456073 B TW 456073B TW 088108030 A TW088108030 A TW 088108030A TW 88108030 A TW88108030 A TW 88108030A TW 456073 B TW456073 B TW 456073B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
electrical
recessed
communication
card
plug
Prior art date
Application number
TW088108030A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
David Roth
David Goetz
Joakim Ahlstrom
Original Assignee
Xircom Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/251,391 external-priority patent/US6773291B1/en
Priority claimed from PCT/US1999/003446 external-priority patent/WO1999041805A2/en
Application filed by Xircom Inc filed Critical Xircom Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW456073B publication Critical patent/TW456073B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R13/00Details of coupling devices of the kinds covered by groups H01R12/70 or H01R24/00 - H01R33/00
    • H01R13/44Means for preventing access to live contacts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R31/00Coupling parts supported only by co-operation with counterpart
    • H01R31/06Intermediate parts for linking two coupling parts, e.g. adapter
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R24/00Two-part coupling devices, or either of their cooperating parts, characterised by their overall structure
    • H01R24/60Contacts spaced along planar side wall transverse to longitudinal axis of engagement
    • H01R24/62Sliding engagements with one side only, e.g. modular jack coupling devices
    • H01R24/64Sliding engagements with one side only, e.g. modular jack coupling devices for high frequency, e.g. RJ 45
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R27/00Coupling parts adapted for co-operation with two or more dissimilar counterparts
    • H01R27/02Coupling parts adapted for co-operation with two or more dissimilar counterparts for simultaneous co-operation with two or more dissimilar counterparts

Landscapes

  • Details Of Connecting Devices For Male And Female Coupling (AREA)

Abstract

An apparatus for conveying signals between a communications card and a signal utilization device or network. In one form, structures are provided for receiving one or more RJ series plugs and for making electrical connection with at the contacts on the plug and conveying any signals on the contacts to a communications device such as a telephone, facsimile machine, modem, or a local area network adapter. A body (102) includes one or more recesses (106) which receive the plug. An expandable and stretchable membrane (114) isolates the contacts in the plug from electrical contact with an object in a surrounding environment such that passage of current from one or more of the electrical contacts to an object present in the surrounding environment is prevented. Also provided is a replaceable direct access arrangement (151, 258) which is replaceably held within the communications device (150, 250). Both the structures providing the receptacles and the direct access arrangement are easily removable in case of damage or if other functions are desired. The replaceable direct access arrangement allows operation in countries having different telecommunications standards and allows operation with many different communications devices. Alternative structures for allowing connection to RJ series plugs are described. Wireless communication structures are also described.

Description

45 60 7 3 A7 ____ B7 經濟部智慈財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(l) 本發明背醫 本發明領域 本發明與電子通訊裝置有關。更明確說,本發明與連 接器有關,其用以將通訊線附接至一電腦,且其順從於一 或多種標準〇 背景技塾 電信服務業已成爲現代社會整體之一部份0單在美國 之電話數目已超過1億5千萬。再者,於一組織內人機之間 之通訊更進一步增加通訊網路之規模。現行使用之絕大部 份通訊裝置需要導線連接至一通訊線。此等通訊裝置包括 譬如電話、傳眞、數據機、與局部區域網路(LAN)轉接器 〇然而,無線通訊於許多情形已漸漸平常〇 爲便利地將一通訊線附接至一通訊裝置,標準連接器 業已公開普及。此等連接器最流行者於業界已知爲 系列連接器。於RJ-xx系列連接器中,RJ-ll、RJ-12、及 RJ_45連接器爲被廣泛使用〇 Kj — U連接器包含—六觸點挿 頭與一對應之挿孔,其於工業化世界已標準化〇習用之六 觸點RJ-11連接器具有所要屬性,其具有低成本與高可靠 度二者〇 RJ-xx系列連接器,大部份爲RJ-11連接器,通常被用 來將一通訊裝置例如電話、傳眞機、或數據機(其等可全 部整合成單一裝置)附接至一通訊線〇此等裝置漸漸變小 ,小至常用RJ-11挿孔,又稱爲揷座,大於通訊裝置之對 應尺寸。譬如,遵照個人電腦記憶卡國際協會(PCMCIA)又 閱 背- 之 注 項45 60 7 3 A7 ____ B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention (l) The invention of the present invention Field of the invention The present invention relates to electronic communication devices. More specifically, the present invention relates to a connector, which is used to attach a communication line to a computer, and is compliant with one or more standards. Background Technology The telecommunications service industry has become part of the modern society as a whole. The number of telephones has exceeded 150 million. Furthermore, the communication between human and machine in an organization further increases the scale of the communication network. Most communication devices currently in use require wires to be connected to a communication line. Such communication devices include, for example, telephones, transmitters, modems, and local area network (LAN) adapters. However, wireless communication has become commonplace in many situations. To facilitate the attachment of a communication line to a communication device , Standard connectors have been publicly popularized. The most popular of these connectors are known in the industry as the series connectors. Among the RJ-xx series connectors, RJ-ll, RJ-12, and RJ_45 connectors are widely used. 0Kj — U connectors include — six-contact plugs and a corresponding jack, which has been standardized in the industrialized world. 〇The conventional six-contact RJ-11 connector has the required properties, which has both low cost and high reliability. 〇 RJ-xx series connectors, most of which are RJ-11 connectors, are usually used to connect a communication Devices such as telephones, transmitters, or modems (all of which can be integrated into a single device) are attached to a communication line. These devices have gradually become smaller, as small as the commonly used RJ-11 jack, also known as the socket. Larger than the corresponding size of the communication device. For example, follow the notes of the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA)

I 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公黎) 456073 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(2) 稱爲PC卡標準之通訊裝置具有尺寸爲約2.1吋乘約3.4吋, 而厚度僅3.5毫米、5毫米、8毫米、或10. 5毫米。此等小 通訊裝置無法納入常用RJ-xx系列揷座,但仍需要與RJ-xx 系列揷頭之相容性,以附接至一通訊線。 授予A〗dous之美國專利第5,183,4〇4號提供多個方案 ’供以提出一小型RJ-11相容揷座。不利地是,於Aldous 所說明之許多方案使電觸點暴露於周圍環境。如此,一使 用者會與挿頭之電觸點接觸,於美國後者會攜帶超過80伏 特〇再者,由於KJ-11挿頭之觸點被暴露,各觸點會不當 短路在一起。如此,包含於A〗dous參考資料中之方案呈現 電擊與電短路之危險。此外,於Aldous參考資料所揭示某 些揷座方案由於本質上之脆弱結構特別易於破損與損害〇 如此,提供一克服此等缺點之小型通訊連接器將爲業 界之一進展〇 本_發明目的與綜述 鑑於業界上述狀況,本發Θ月企求實現以下目的與優點 〇 本發明之一主要目的爲提供一通訊線揷座,供使用於 〜小型通訊裝置,其中電觸點爲自周圍環境遮蔽或隔離。 本發明又一目的爲提供一小型通訊接線器,其耐破損 旦不使用時以不引人注意方式收藏。 本發明進一步目的爲提供一通訊線挿座,其於破損時 可迅即更換〇 本發明另一目的爲提供一通訊卡,其可迅即配接,符 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297全|_) ----------ί 裝·!-----訂--- (請先《讀背面之注意事項t寫本頁> +I Alignment This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Gongli) 456073 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (2) Communication device called PC card standard It has a size of about 2.1 inches by about 3.4 inches and a thickness of only 3.5 mm, 5 mm, 8 mm, or 10.5 mm. These small communication devices cannot be incorporated into commonly used RJ-xx series sockets, but still need to be compatible with RJ-xx series buns to attach to a communication line. U.S. Patent No. 5,183,404 issued to Dous provides multiple solutions' for proposing a small RJ-11 compatible pedestal. Disadvantageously, many of the solutions described in Aldous expose electrical contacts to the surrounding environment. In this way, a user will be in contact with the electrical contacts of the plug, which in the United States will carry more than 80 volts. Furthermore, because the contacts of the KJ-11 plug are exposed, the contacts may be improperly shorted together. In this way, the scheme contained in the dous reference presents the danger of electric shock and short circuit. In addition, some of the socket solutions disclosed in the Aldous reference materials are particularly vulnerable to damage and damage due to their inherently fragile structures. In this way, it will be an advance for the industry to provide a small communication connector that overcomes these shortcomings. Summary In view of the above situation in the industry, this issue of Θ aims to achieve the following objectives and advantages. One of the main objectives of the present invention is to provide a communication cable holder for use in ~ small communication devices, where the electrical contacts are shielded or isolated from the surrounding environment. . Yet another object of the present invention is to provide a compact communication connector that is resistant to breakage and stored in an unobtrusive manner when not in use. A further object of the present invention is to provide a communication line socket, which can be replaced immediately when it is damaged. Another object of the present invention is to provide a communication card, which can be quickly connected, and conforms to the Chinese paper standard (CNS > A4 specification ( 210 X 297 全 | _) ---------- ί Loading ·! ----- Order --- (Please read "Precautions on the back side t write this page" +

n I In I I

線T 456073 A7 B7 五、發明說明(3) 合各種通訊標準。 本發明進一步目的爲提供一通訊卡,其可提供無線通 訊〇 本發明還另一目的爲提供一通訊線揷座,其容許一或 多個RJ-χχ系列揷頭連接至一通訊卡,而通訊卡之外部尺 寸於未使用時符合一已確立標準,而又使該通訊線挿座於 通訊卡佔有最小之空間〇 本發明此等與其他目的與優點從專利說明與申請範圍 將會變得更明顯,後者爲依據或可由本發明實例習得。 本發明提供一裝置,承接RJ-χχ系列揷頭而以挿頭上 之至少二導線完成電連接,並將導線上之任何信號傳輸至 一通訊裝置,例如電話、傳眞機、數據機、市區網路轉接 器、或某些其他裝置〇 該裝置包括一本體,又稱爲一本體裝置〇 —凹部或凹 部裝置提供於該本體上。於某些具體形式,該凹部裝置最 好包括一開啓之第一端與一閉合之第二端。於其他具體形 式,該凹部裝置最好包括開啓之第一與第二端〇該凹部裝 置最好具有尺寸爲使該挿頭被緊密承接於其內0又提供一 裝置供以可釋放地嚙合該挿頭,使該揷頭可釋放地握持於 該凹部〇 該凹鄯上至少提供第一與第二電導線0各電導線放置 爲使當挿頭被承接入該凹部內時,其等與挿頭內各電觸點 具有電連續性0又提供一裝置,將呈現於電觸點上之任何 電信號傳輸至通訊裝置。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(C-NS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項&gt;^寫本頁) /裝!II訂!線y 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(4) 一可更換之直接存取配置單元容許通訊卡界接於各電 話系統,或其他通訊系統,其各會需要遵照不同標準〇當 必需時,一使用者只以另一直接存取配置單元更換一現有 直接存取配置單元,其相容於使用者可獲得之有線電話系 統或無線通訊系統。 又於該凹部裝置最好包括一可擴張裝置,將揷頭之觸 點與周圍環境物體之電連續性隔離,以防止一或多個電觸 點至出現於周圍環境物體之電流通路〇該可擴張裝置爲位 於該凹部之第二端,且最好爲一可伸展膜片。該可擴張裝 置擴張以容納於該凹部承接之挿頭,且當未被使用時傾向 於返回而可由使用者返回至該本體厚度內之一位置,使該 裝置呈現一緊密構造〇 本發明之具體形式包括承接Rj-XX系列挿頭之揷座模 組〇 本發明之一較佳具體形式包括一裝匱,其握持承接 RJ-xx系列挿頭之本體。握持該挿座本體或挿座模組之裝 置可輕易由使用者安裝於該通訊裝置,及由之移出。本發 明容許該本體縮入該通訊裝置與由之伸出,同時仍容許組 成該揷座模組之本體輕易之移出與更換◦本發明另一較佳 具體形式包括裝置將該本體樞轉入與樞轉出該通訊裝置, 使當未使用時該本體實質上完全在該通訊裝置內,而該本 體被旋轉至一位置,其中承接挿頭之凹部於需要時可被使 用者使用。 簡要圖說 爲求較佳了解如何獲致本發明上述與其他優點與目的 — III — — — — — — — — — - I ί I I - , \ _ ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項ί寫本頁) 訂--- 本紙張尺度適用_國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297兮#」 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 _B7_ 五、發明說明(5) ,以上略述之本發明之一更詳細說明將參考於附圖所例示 之本發明特定具體形式。了解此等圖說只說明本發明之典 型具體形式,而因此不視爲本發明範圍之限制,將藉由使 用附圖,以額外之明細與細節說明本發明,其中: - 圖1爲一膝上型電腦之局部透視圖,其有一通訊卡部 份揷入其內,而本發明之第一具體形式爲準備耦合至通訊 卡。 t 圖2爲圖1所示本發明第一具體形式之剖面圖。 圖3爲圖1所示本發明第一具體形式之反向透視圖〇 圖4爲本發明第二具體形式之透視圖,其具有一挿座 模組,例示於一縮入位置〇 .圖5爲圖4所示本發明第二具體形式之透視圖,例示於 一伸出位置0 圖6爲本發明第三具體形式之透視圖,其具有可移動 挿座模組,例示於一縮入位置。 圖7爲圖6所示具有可移動揷座模組之本發明第三具體 形式之透視圖,例示於一伸出位置。 圖8爲圖7所示之可移動挿座模組之俯視平面圖〇 圖9爲圖6所示之可移動挿座模組之俯視平面圖〇 圖10爲具有揷座模組之本發明第四具體形式之透視圖 ,例示於一縮入位置〇 圖11爲圖1〇所示具有揷座槙組之本發明第四具體形式 之透視圖,例示於一伸出位置。 圖12爲本發明第五具體形式之透視圖。 ------------,&gt;£ &lt;請先Μ讀t面之注意事項t寫本頁) • ^1 *1 |&gt; - i I I 訂·! 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 ) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 45 60 73 at ---- B7 五、發明說明(6) 圖.13爲圖12所示本發明第五具體形式之側視圖0 圖14爲具有可更換直接存取配置單元之本發明第六具 體形式之透視圖,其準備要被挿入該通訊卡內。 圖14A爲沿圖14之直線14A-14A所截取之端視圖。 圖14B爲圖14所例示具體形式之透視圖,顯示縮入通 訊卡內之各組件〇 圖14C-E爲方塊圖,例示可更換直接存取配置單元施 η 行之較佳功能。 圖14F爲一具有另一可更換直接存取配置單元安裝其 內之通訊卡之俯視圖〇 圖15Α與15Β爲俯視圖,顯示揷座模組與可更換直接存 取配置(圖上未顯示)間之電交連,及將挿座模組縮入與 伸出可更換直接存取配置之伴隨機構〇 圖15C爲挿座模組與框座間之電交連電路之細部側視 圖〇 圖15D爲挿座模組與框座間之電交連電路之細部透視 圖〇 圖16Α、 16Β與16C爲具有將揷座模組縮入與伸出可更 換直接存取配置功能之機構之側視圖,而圖HD爲俯視圖 Ο 圖17Α與17Β爲俯視圖,顯示挿座模組與可更換直接存 取配置間之電交連,及將挿座模組縮入與伸出可更換直接 / 存取配置之伴隨機構。圖爲圖17Α-Β所示挿座模組與框 座間之電交連電路之細部側視圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297今 i i I! 裝 _ ! I 訂 i I _ i i {請先B3讀背面之注意事項寫本買) 、45 6 0 73 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(7) 圖1SA與18B分別爲具有將挿座模組縮入與伸出可更換 直接存取配置功能之機構之俯視與側視圖〇 圖19A-C爲可包括於本發明具體形式之三種不同天線 構造之透視圖〇 圖20爲本發明一具體形式之透視圖,其適合使用於— 可撺式蜂巢式電話〇 圖21爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有一RJ-XX* I 列挿座直接放置於其端部〇 圖21A爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之透視圖,有一 RJ-XX 系列挿座直接放置於其端部。 圖22爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有多個RJ-XX 系列挿座與樞轉蓋放置於其端部〇 圖22A爲另一 RJ-xx系列挿座之細部透視圖,其可取代 圖22所示之相關構造,該挿座包括一樞轉蓋。 圖2 2B爲圖22A所示挿座之立面、側視剖面圖〇 圖22C-D爲顯示圖22A-B所示樞轉蓋移動之圖解側視圖 〇 圖22E爲一弾簧構件之透視圔,其最好爲圖22A-D所示 挿座構造所使用〇 圖23爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有多個RJ-XX 系列揷座位於通訊卡端部所配置之滑動抽屜內。 圖23A爲依據本發明一通訊卡之局部透視圖,有多個 RJ-xx系列揷座位於通訊卡之一端部所設置之滑動抽服內 ,其中該滑動抽屜所示爲於一仲出、操作組態〇 -------------^裝 &lt;請先閲讀#.面之注$項1寫本頁)Line T 456073 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (3) Compliant with various communication standards. A further object of the present invention is to provide a communication card, which can provide wireless communication. Another object of the present invention is to provide a communication line holder, which allows one or more RJ-χχ series steamers to be connected to a communication card, and the communication The external dimensions of the card meet an established standard when not in use, and the communication line socket occupies the smallest space in the communication card. These and other objects and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the patent description and scope of application The latter is based on or can be learned from the examples of the present invention. The present invention provides a device that accepts RJ-χχ series hoe and completes the electrical connection with at least two wires on the plug, and transmits any signal on the wire to a communication device, such as a telephone, transmitter, modem, urban area A network adapter, or some other device. The device includes a body, also known as a body device. A recess or a recessed device is provided on the body. In some specific forms, the recessed device preferably includes an open first end and a closed second end. In other specific forms, the recessed device preferably includes opened first and second ends. The recessed device preferably has a size such that the plug is tightly received therein. A device is provided for releasably engaging the plug. So that the hoe can be releasably held in the recess. The recess provides at least first and second electrical leads. Each electrical lead is placed so that when the plug is received in the recess, it is equal to each of the plug. The electrical contact has electrical continuity and a device is provided to transmit any electrical signal present on the electrical contact to the communication device. This paper size applies to China National Standard (C-NS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 &lt; Please read the precautions on the back first &gt; ^ write this page) / installed! Order II! Line y Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for consumer cooperation Du printed 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (4) A replaceable direct access configuration unit allows communication The card is connected to each telephone system or other communication system, and each of them needs to comply with different standards. When necessary, a user replaces an existing direct access configuration unit with another direct access configuration unit, which is compatible with Wired telephone system or wireless communication system available to users. The recess device preferably includes an expandable device that isolates the contacts of the hoe from the electrical continuity of surrounding objects to prevent the current path of one or more electrical contacts from appearing in the surrounding objects. The expansion device is located at the second end of the recess and is preferably an extensible diaphragm. The expandable device expands to accommodate the plug received by the recess, and tends to return when not in use, but can be returned to a position within the thickness of the body by the user, so that the device presents a compact structure. A specific form of the invention A pedestal module including an Rj-XX series plug. A preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a mounting device that holds the body of an RJ-xx series plug. The device holding the socket body or the socket module can be easily installed and removed by the user on the communication device. The present invention allows the body to be retracted into the communication device and extended from it, while still allowing the body constituting the socket module to be easily removed and replaced. Another preferred specific form of the invention includes the device to pivot the body into and out of The communication device is pivoted out, so that when not in use, the body is substantially completely inside the communication device, and the body is rotated to a position where the recessed portion of the receiving plug can be used by the user when needed. Brief illustrations in order to better understand how to achieve the above and other advantages and objectives of the present invention — III — — — — — — — — — I ί II-, \ _ ί Please read the notes on the back first. Write this page) Order --- This paper size applies _ National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Xi #) 456073 A7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs_B7_ V. Description of the invention (5), which is briefly described above A more detailed description of the present invention will be made with reference to specific specific forms of the invention illustrated in the accompanying drawings. It is understood that these illustrations only illustrate typical specific forms of the invention, and therefore are not to be considered as limiting the scope of the invention. Figures, illustrating the invention with additional details and details, of which:-Figure 1 is a partial perspective view of a laptop computer with a communication card portion embedded therein, and the first specific form of the invention is preparation for coupling To the communication card. T FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the first specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 3 is a reverse perspective view of the first specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 1. FIG. 4 is a second specific form of the present invention. Perspective view with The socket module is exemplified in a retracted position. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the second specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 4 and is illustrated in an extended position. FIG. 6 is a perspective view of the third specific form of the present invention. The movable socket module is exemplified in a retracted position. Fig. 7 is a perspective view of the third specific form of the present invention with a movable cymbal module shown in Fig. 6 and exemplified in an extended position. Fig. 8 is shown in Fig. 7 Top plan view of the movable socket module shown in FIG. 9 is a top plan view of the movable socket module shown in FIG. 6. FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a fourth specific form of the present invention with a pedestal module. Retracted position. Fig. 11 is a perspective view of the fourth specific form of the present invention with a sacral condyle set shown in Fig. 10, and is exemplified in an extended position. Fig. 12 is a perspective view of the fifth specific form of the present invention. ---------, &gt; £ &lt; Please read the precautions on page t and write this page first) • ^ 1 * 1 | &gt;-i II Order ·! This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297). Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 45 60 73 at ---- B7 V. Description of invention (6) Fig. 13 is Fig. 12 Side view of a fifth specific form of the invention shown in FIG. 14 FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a sixth specific form of the invention with a replaceable direct access configuration unit, ready to be inserted into the communication card. 14A is an end view taken along line 14A-14A of FIG. 14. Fig. 14B is a perspective view illustrating the specific form illustrated in Fig. 14, showing the components retracted into the communication card. Figs. 14C-E are block diagrams illustrating preferred functions performed by the replaceable direct access configuration unit. Fig. 14F is a top view of a communication card with another replaceable direct access configuration unit installed therein. Figs. 15A and 15B are top views showing a space between a cradle module and a replaceable direct access configuration (not shown in the figure). Electrical connection, and the accompanying mechanism for retracting and extending the socket module to replace the direct access configuration. Figure 15C is a detailed side view of the electrical connection circuit between the socket module and the frame base. Figure 15D is between the socket module and the frame base. A detailed perspective view of the electrical cross-linking circuit. Figures 16A, 16B, and 16C are side views of the mechanism with a retractable and extendable direct access configuration function, and Figure HD is a top view. Figures 17A and 17B The top view shows the electrical connection between the socket module and the replaceable direct access configuration, and the accompanying mechanism for retracting and extending the socket module into and out of the replaceable direct / access configuration. The figure is a detailed side view of the electrical connection circuit between the socket module and the frame base shown in Figs. 17A-B. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 today ii I! Installed _! I ordered i I _ ii {please read the precautions on the back of B3 to write the book), 45 6 0 73 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives. 5. Description of the invention (7) Figures 1SA and 18B are top and side views of the mechanism with retractable and extended socket module direct access configuration function. Figures 19A-C A perspective view of three different antenna structures that can be included in a specific form of the present invention. FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a specific form of the present invention, which is suitable for use in a portable cellular phone. FIG. 21 is a communication card according to the present invention. In the perspective view, there is a RJ-XX * I-row socket directly placed on its end. Figure 21A is a perspective view of another communication card according to the present invention. A RJ-XX series socket is placed directly on its end. Fig. 22 is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention, with multiple RJ-XX series sockets and pivot covers placed at its ends. Fig. 22A is a detailed perspective view of another RJ-xx series socket, which can replace the figure Related configuration shown at 22, the socket includes a pivoting cover. 22B is an elevation and a side sectional view of the socket shown in FIG. 22A. FIG. 22C-D is a diagrammatic side view showing the movement of the pivot cover shown in FIGS. 22A-B. FIG. 22E is a perspective view of a spring member. It is preferably used for the socket structure shown in Figs. 22A-D. Fig. 23 is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention. A plurality of RJ-XX series sockets are located in a sliding drawer configured at the end of the communication card. FIG. 23A is a partial perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention. A plurality of RJ-xx series sockets are located in a sliding drawer provided at one end of the communication card. Configuration 〇 ------------- ^ Installation <Please read #. 面 之 NOTE $ Item 1 Write this page)

• *1 I ϋ ·1 I tr-------- 4.. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 5 4 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 6073 A7 __- _B7_五、發明說嗎(8&gt; 圖23B爲圖23A所示通訊卡之部份透通透視圖,其中該 滑動抽屜所示爲於一閉合之收藏組態〇 圖23C爲一分解透視圖,顯示圖23A-B所示組件之其他 細節〇 圖24A爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有多個RJ-XX 系列揷座放置於滑動抽屜內,而各抽屜設置有可移動之底 部。 圖24B爲沿圖24A之直線24B-24B所截取之剖面圖。 圖2 4C爲圖24 A所示滑動抽屜另一較佳配置之透視圖。 圖24D爲一透視圖,顯示滑動抽屜於一印刷電路板上 之位置〇 圖24E爲該二滑動抽屜之立面剖面端視圖,其一滑動 抽屜爲於伸出操作位置,有一 RJ-xx系列揷頭揷於其內, 而一滑動抽屜爲於閉合之收藏位置〇 圖25爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有多個RJ-xx 系列揷座,各包括一對可縮回之伸展顎夾〇 圖26 A爲依據本發明一通訊卡之局部透視圖,有二不 同之連接器挿座放置於所示於伸出位置之可縮回構件上〇 圖26B爲圖26A所示通訊卡之局部透視圖,而可縮回構 件所示爲於縮入位置。 圖27爲依據本發明一通訊卡之局部透視圖,其具有三 個RJ-xx系列挿座,放置於所示爲於伸出位置之可旋轉且 可縮回之構件上〇 圖27A爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之透視圖,其提供三 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填«本頁) * la* i_i If 1 ϋ ϋ• * 1 I ϋ · 1 I tr -------- 4. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 5 4) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6073 A7 __- _B7_ V. Do you invent (8) Figure 23B is a partially transparent perspective view of the communication card shown in Figure 23A, where the sliding drawer is shown in a closed storage configuration. Figure 23C is an exploded perspective Fig. Shows other details of the components shown in Figs. 23A-B. Fig. 24A is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention. A plurality of RJ-XX series sockets are placed in a sliding drawer, and each drawer is provided with a movable Bottom. Figure 24B is a sectional view taken along line 24B-24B of Figure 24A. Figure 2 4C is a perspective view of another preferred configuration of the sliding drawer shown in Figure 24 A. Figure 24D is a perspective view showing the sliding drawer in A position on a printed circuit board. Figure 24E is an elevational cross-sectional end view of the two sliding drawers. One of the sliding drawers is in the extended operation position, and a RJ-xx series hoe is stuck in it. A sliding drawer is In the closed storage position. Figure 25 is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention, with multiple RJ- Each of the xx series sockets includes a pair of retractable extension jaws. FIG. 26A is a partial perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention. Two different connector sockets are placed in the retractable position shown in the extended position. Figure 26B is a partial perspective view of the communication card shown in Figure 26A, and the retractable member is shown in the retracted position. Figure 27 is a partial perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention, which has three RJ -xx series socket, placed on the rotatable and retractable member shown in the extended position. Figure 27A is a perspective view of another communication card according to the present invention, which provides three &lt; Please read the note on the back first Matters refill this page) * la * i_i If 1 ϋ ϋ

訂·ί I 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2〗0 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ____ B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(9) 個RJ-xXp列挿座,放置於所示爲於伸出位置之可旋轉且 可縮回之構件上〇 圖27B爲圖27 A所示於伸出位置之可旋轉且可縮回構件 之分解透視圖〇 圖27C爲圖27A所示可縮回構件所使用之電觸點之細部 透視圖α 圖27D爲一圖解視圖,顯示圖27 Α所示可旋轉且可縮回 構件之電觸點之位置〇 圖2 8爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,有二RJ-XX系 列挿座放置於所示於伸出位置之可縮回外殼構件內〇 圖29A及B分別爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖與俯視 圖,有二RJ-XX系列挿座放置於所示於伸出位置之一樞轉 且可縮回構件上。 圖30 A及B爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,其包括三 個RJ-xx系列挿座放置於該通訊卡之一端部上,具有一外 殼構件,於圖30 A所示爲於密合組態,於圖30B所示爲於伸 出組態*準備承接一、二、或三個RJ-xx系列挿頭。 圖30C爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之分解透視圖,其包 括三個RJ-xx系列挿座,放置於該通訊卡之端部上,具有 一外殼構件,所示爲分解離通訊卡端部之外殼構件〇 圖30D爲依據本發明另一通訊卡局部切除之透視圖, 其當外殼構件放置於伸出組態時,容許放置於通訊卡端部 上之三個RJ-xx系列挿座同時連接。 圖30E爲圖30D所示通訊卡之局部反向透視圖。 -------------.tM---- (請先Mi»t面之注意事項再#w本頁) ^1 ϋ 1·Order · I This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) 0 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ____ B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of inventions (9) RJ-xXp socket, placed on the rotatable and retractable member shown in the extended position. Figure 27B is an exploded perspective view of the rotatable and retractable member shown in Figure 27 A in the extended position. Figure 27C is a detailed perspective view of the electrical contacts used in the retractable member shown in Figure 27A. Figure 27D is a diagrammatic view showing the position of the electrical contacts of the rotatable and retractable member shown in Figure 27A. Figure 28 is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention. Two RJ-XX series sockets are placed in the retractable housing member shown in the extended position. Figures 29A and B are respectively a communication card according to the present invention. Perspective and top view, there are two RJ-XX series sockets placed on one of the pivoted and retractable members shown in the extended position. Figures 30A and B are perspective views of a communication card according to the present invention, which includes three RJ-xx series sockets are placed on one end of the communication card 30 A is shown in the close configuration, and FIG. 30B is shown in the extended configuration * ready to accept one, two, or three RJ-xx series plugs. FIG. 30C is an exploded view of another communication card according to the present invention Perspective view, which includes three RJ-xx series sockets, placed on the end of the communication card, and has a housing member. The housing member is shown apart from the end of the communication card. Figure 30D is another communication according to the present invention. A partially cutaway perspective view of the card allows three RJ-xx sockets placed on the end of the communication card to be connected at the same time when the housing member is placed in the extended configuration. Figure 30E is a partial reflection of the communication card shown in Figure 30D Perspective view. -------------. TM ---- (Please note the Mi »t surface before #w this page) ^ 1 ϋ 1 ·

訂-IIOrder-II

I I n I 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSU4規格(210 X 297 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印狡 I δ Ο 7 3 Α7 _____Β7____五、發明說叼(10) 圖30F及G爲沿直線30F/G-3〇F/G截取之立面剖面圖, 圖3〇F顯示該外殼構件放置於仲·出組態,而圖30G顯示該外 殼構件放置於折疊/縮入組態。 圖31 A及B爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,其包括三 個RJ-xx系列挿座,與一記憶卡可操作且可移除地承接於 該通訊卡內。 圖32A及B爲依據本發明一PC卡之透視圖,其可操作地 I 承接一磁碟儲存媒體〇 圖3 3爲依據本發明一PC卡之透視圖,其包括二個記憶 卡,可操作地承接於該PC卡內。 圖34A爲依據本發明一通訊卡之透視圖,其包括三個 RJ-xx系列挿座,放置於通訊卡之一端部,其具有多數縮 入卡軌,以虛線影像顯示,個別握持一 RJ-xx系列挿頭於 一操作位置〇 圖34B爲圖34A所示操作構造之一細部透視圖。 圖爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之局部透視圖,其包 括三個RJ-xx系列揷頭,放置於該通訊卡之一端部,其具 有~樞轉蓋放置於各揷座上,及各縮入卡軌放置於該樞轉 蓋上,其各個別握持一 RJ-XX系列揷頭於一操作位置〇 圖34D爲圖34C所示通訊卡沿直線S4D-34D所截取部分 之一剖面圖側視圖〇 圖34E爲圖34C所示通訊卡沿直線34E-34E所截取部分 之剖面圖〇 圖34F爲一彈簧構件之透視圖,其爲提供圖34C所示各 本紙張尺度適用争國囤家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297会$i (請先閲讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁)II n I This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNSU4 specification (210 X 297). Intellectual Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, India Cui I δ 〇 7 3 Α7 _____ Β7 ____ V. Invention 发明 (10) 30F / G-3〇F / G straight sectional view of the elevation, Figure 30F shows the shell member placed in the Zhong · out configuration, and Figure 30G shows the shell member placed in the folded / collapsed configuration. 31 A and B are perspective views of a communication card according to the present invention, which includes three RJ-xx series sockets and a memory card operatively and removably received in the communication card. Figures 32A and B are based on this A perspective view of a PC card invented, which is operable I to receive a magnetic disk storage medium. Figure 33 is a perspective view of a PC card according to the present invention, which includes two memory cards, which are operatively received in the PC card. Figure 34A is a perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention, which includes three RJ-xx series sockets, which are placed at one end of the communication card, which has most of the retracted card rails, shown with a dashed image, and holding one RJ individually -xx series plug in an operating position. Figure 34B is the operating structure shown in Figure 34A A detailed perspective view. The figure is a partial perspective view of another communication card according to the present invention, which includes three RJ-xx series hoes, which are placed on one end of the communication card, and have a ~ pivot cover placed on each of the cymbals. And the retracted card rails are placed on the pivot cover, and each of them holds an RJ-XX series hoe in an operating position. Figure 34D is a section of the communication card shown in Figure 34C along the straight line S4D-34D A side view of a cross-sectional view. FIG. 34E is a cross-sectional view of the communication card shown in FIG. 34C taken along the line 34E-34E. FIG. 34F is a perspective view of a spring member, which is applicable to the paper sizes shown in FIG. 34C. CNS Standard A4 (210 X 297 will be $ i (please read the note on the back before filling this page)

V裝!!訂i ! IV equipment! !! Order i! I

*1 n I A7 B7 456073 五、發明說明(n) 卡軌之較佳者。 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 it. 意 事 項 再 填 % 本 頁 圖35爲依據本發明通訊卡之透視圖,其包括一可縮回 構件,提供二個RJ-xx系列承接器,具有樞轉卡軌,握持 個別之RJ-XX案列揷頭於操作位置0 圖35A爲一通訊卡之分解透視圖,其類似圖35所示通 訊卡,顯示其內所包括之主要組件0 圖3 5B爲圖35A 所示通訊卡之一部分內部構造之俯視 剖面圖0 圖3 5C爲揷頭承接部分之細部透視圖,其可使用於譬 如圖35A所示之通訊卡。 圖35D爲沿圖35C之直線5D-35D之挿頭承接部分之立面 剖面圖。 較佳具體形式詳述 現將參考各附圖,其中同樣之構造將提供同樣之參考 指示◦ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 美國專利申請序號第08/799,799號,1997年2月I3日 申請,其於1998年6月30日授予爲美國專利第5,773,332號 ,與美國專利申請序號第08/971,501號,1998年2月17日 申請,二者皆以指述方式整體於此納入本文。 如對業界技術熟練人員顯而易見,於技術方面之進展 容許許多不同之電氣裝置可被做成數年前所預期更小〇圖 1所示爲膝上型電腦8之局部透視圖。爲滿足於此等膝上型 電腦所使用裝置之需求,而不增加任何顯著重量或體積, 符合PCMCIA (又已知爲PC卡)標準之裝置譬如數據卡118* 1 n I A7 B7 456073 V. Description of the invention (n) The better of the rails. Please read the it on the back first and fill in the%. Figure 35 on this page is a perspective view of the communication card according to the present invention, which includes a retractable member, provides two RJ-xx series sockets, and has a pivoting card rail. Hold the individual RJ-XX case head in the operating position 0 Figure 35A is an exploded perspective view of a communication card, similar to the communication card shown in Figure 35, showing the main components included in it 0 Figure 3 5B is Figure 35A Top sectional view of the internal structure of a part of the communication card shown in Fig. 3 5C is a detailed perspective view of the receiving part of the hoe, which can be used for the communication card shown in Fig. 35A, for example. Fig. 35D is a sectional elevation view of the plug receiving portion along the line 5D-35D in Fig. 35C. A detailed description of the preferred specific form will now refer to the drawings, in which the same structure will provide the same reference instructions. ◦ US Patent Application Serial No. 08 / 799,799 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, February 3, 1997 Applications, which were granted as US Patent No. 5,773,332 on June 30, 1998, and US Patent Application Serial No. 08 / 971,501, filed on February 17, 1998, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. As will be apparent to those skilled in the art, advances in technology allow many different electrical devices to be made smaller than would have been expected years ago. Figure 1 shows a partial perspective view of a laptop computer 8. To meet the needs of the devices used in these laptops without adding any significant weight or volume, devices complying with PCMCIA (also known as PC Card) standards such as data cards 118

本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公J 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(12) (於圖上所示爲從膝上型電腦8部份抽出)業經生產〇 顯 然,當大部份膝上型電腦一般爲筆記本大小(約8.5吋乘 約11吋)或更小時,當所有種類之計算機裝置持續縮小時 ,對譬如數據卡118之裝置進一步小型化之需求將會增加 〇 圖1所示膝上型電腦8包括一PCMCIA順從性揷座124 〇 個人電腦記憶卡國際協會(PCMCIA)頒布該PCMCIA標準,其 I 業以取得產業界之廣泛接受。遵照PCMCIA標準之PCMCIA順 從性揷座最好屬於類型I、類型II、類型ffl卡。該較佳標 準規範實體、電、及環境參數,其乃順從性裝置所必須符 合。本文所描述本發明之系統與方法最好相容於PCMCIA卡 設施規格2.1,以及卡設施規格2.1〇此一標準與伴隨規格 爲業界所週知,而PCMCIA發行版2.1、PCMCIA卡設施規格 2.1、 與卡設施規格2.1、PCMCIA標準發行版2.1、與其後 頒布之所有發行版本(包括PC卡標準( 1995)),現皆以指 述方式整體於此納入本文〇要了解本發明可使用於現行可 獲得或將來成有可獲得之其他PCMCIA規格與標準,以及產 業界現行可獲得或將來成有可獲得之其他類似敎育用標準 〇此等其他規格與標準之範例包括CardBus PC卡標準,其 現亦以指述方式整體於此納入本文0有關施行此等標準之 進一步資訊可從Anderson, D·與Shanley,T.之刊物獲得 ,CardBus System Architecture ( Addisο η-Wes 1 ey出版 公司出版),其現亦以指述方式整體於此納入本文0 圖1所示之數據卡118亦可代表許多其他通訊裝置,譬 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 χϋ ------1 — — — — — --------t-------1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再#寫本頁&gt;. 4 5 60 73 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產扃負工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(13) 如一局部區域網路轉接器、聲音郵寄裝置、電話通訊裝置 、或傳眞裝置〇實際上,由小型化此等裝置之持績趨勢, 所有此等裝置會被結合成圖1所示數據卡11 8之一張卡大小 〇所有此等裝置爲該等意圖成爲本文所使用 '&quot;通訊裝置&quot; 名稱意義範圍內之範例。更甚者,需要與現行可獲得或將 來會成有可獲得之一或多個額外裝置通訊之其他裝置亦意 圖成爲本文所使用%通訊裝置〃名稱意義內〇 如於本文所使用,名稱*資料使用裝置〃意圖包括所 有數位計算裝置,其可適應藉由一通訊媒體接收資料或指 令〇或許此一裝置現行最常用之範例爲個人電腦〇 一與RJ-XX系列工業標準相容之挿頭,於圖1、2、及3 以整體指示〇該KJ挿頭10包括一方塊11,其具有第一面 16,多個電觸點2〇凹入其內〇電觸點20爲連接至一電纜14 內所包含之導線(於圖1-3中未明白顯示),其導引至通 訊網路、另一通訊裝置、或某些其他裝置。一偏斜夾12經 一體成型成爲方塊11之一部份,被用以握持於對應挿座之 挿頭1 〇 〇 有關RJ-XX系列連接器之詳細資訊可發現於以下出現 之刊物••第47大項(電信),聯邦法規規則,第I章(聯 邦通順委員會),第B小章(常用載體設施),第68節( 終端設備連接至電話網路),第F小節(連接器),第 6 8. 50 0段( 19 92 ),其以指述方式於此整體納入本文。 圖1-3表現本發明具體形式於以100整體指示之揷座模 組之第一較佳配置。該挿座模組10 0包括一公聯結器112, (請先M讀背面之注i項I填寫本頁) &gt;裝 • n n I «I *1 .1 1· · n 1· I n ·This paper size applies to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297). Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (12) Obviously, when most laptops are generally the size of a notebook (about 8.5 inches by about 11 inches) or less, when all types of computer devices continue to shrink, devices such as data cards 118 The need for further miniaturization will increase. The laptop 8 shown in FIG. 1 includes a PCMCIA compliance seat 124. The Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) has promulgated the PCMCIA standard. Accepted. The PCMCIA compliant socket that complies with the PCMCIA standard is best of type I, type II, and type ffl cards. The better standard specifies the physical, electrical, and environmental parameters that must be met by a compliant device. The invented system and method are preferably compatible with PCMCIA Card Facility Specification 2.1 and Card Facility Specification 2.1. This standard and accompanying specifications are well known in the industry, while PCMCIA release 2.1 and PCMCIA cards Facilities Specification 2.1, Card Facilities Specification 2.1, PCMCIA Standard Release 2.1, and all subsequent releases (including the PC Card Standard (1995)) are now incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. To understand the present invention, Use of other PCMCIA specifications and standards currently available or available in the future, and other similar education standards currently available or available in the industry in the future. Examples of these other specifications and standards include CardBus PC Cards Standards, which are also incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Further information on the implementation of these standards can be obtained from the publications of Anderson, D. and Shanley, T., CardBus System Architecture (Addisο η-Wes 1 ey Publishing Company (Published), which is also incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The data card 118 shown in Figure 1 can also represent many other communication devices. For example, this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification &lt; 210 χϋ- ----- 1 — — — — — -------- t ------- 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before #writing this page>. 4 5 60 73 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Printed by the cooperative V. Description of the invention (13) Such as a local area network adapter, voice mail device, telephone communication device, or transmission device. Actually, the trend of miniaturization of these devices, all these devices It will be combined into a card size of the data card 11 8 shown in FIG. 1. All these devices are examples of the meaning of the "&quot; communication device &quot; What's more, other devices that need to communicate with one or more additional devices that are currently available or will become available in the future are also intended to be used in this article.% Communication devices are within the meaning of the name. As used herein, the name * data The use device is intended to include all digital computing devices, which can be adapted to receive data or instructions through a communication medium. Perhaps the most commonly used example of this device currently is a personal computer. One is a plug compatible with the RJ-XX series industry standards. Figures 1, 2, and 3 are indicated as a whole. The KJ plug 10 includes a square 11 having a first surface 16 with a plurality of electrical contacts 20 recessed therein. The electrical contact 20 is connected to a cable 14 The included wires (not explicitly shown in Figures 1-3) lead to a communication network, another communication device, or some other device. A deflection clip 12 is integrally formed into a part of the block 11 and is used to hold the plug in the corresponding socket. 100 Details of the RJ-XX series connector can be found in the following publications •• 第 47 Major Items (Telecommunications), Federal Regulations, Chapter I (Federal Communications Commission), Chapter B (Common Carrier Facilities), Section 68 (Terminal Equipment Connected to Telephone Network), Section F (Connectors) Paragraph 6 8.500 (19 92), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Figures 1-3 show the first preferred configuration of the specific form of the invention in a cymbal seat module indicated by 100 as a whole. The socket module 100 includes a male coupler 112, (please read the note I on the back and fill in this page first) &gt; installation • n n I «I * 1 .1 1 · · n 1 · I n ·

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準&lt;CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297公g &gt; 4 5 60 73 A7 B7 五、發明說明(14) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消貲合作社印製 提供對數據卡118所設置對應之母聯結器12〇之實體與電連 接〇將體會到於產業界可獲得許多不同之構造,其提供與 公聯結器112與母聯結器120同等之功能〇 該揷座模組100包括一本體102,其最好由塑膠材料使 用業界已知技術製造,但亦可使用現行可獲得或將來會成 爲可獲得之任何適當材料與技術製造〇於本體102內形成 二個凹部,二者於圖3皆以106整體指示0 二凹部106之內 含物理想上容許由挿座模組100容納二通訊線。 圖2提供其一凹部之剖面圖106 〇 圖2亦顯示挿入凹部 106之挿頭10〇該凹部106具有一第一開啓端部與一第二閉 合端部。當一RJ-xx系列挿頭挿入凹部106時,多個導線 108與其個別之一觸點20聯絡。各導線108最好爲彈簧狀, 使其等與觸點20成堅固之電連績性。於某些應用只有二個 導線8被提供,而於其他應用則有超過二個導線。各導 線108接合至一個別之中空揷銷,其一者於剖面圖以110顯 示,與母聯結器(圖1之120)所設置之對應揷銷配對。 將體會到揷銷與導線之數目可依據挿座塊之特定應用 而變化〇再者,使用現行可獲得或將來會成爲可獲得之任 何技術,於凹部導線與聯結構造之間提供電連接爲於本發 明範圍之內〇 仍參考圖2, 當挿頭10被承接於該凹部內時,偏斜夾 12上所設置一突出部1〇4嚙合本體102上形成之突脊18,而 推入凹部106內〇該偏斜夾12與該突出部104共同操作將挿 頭1〇握持於該凹部106〇 當挿頭10需要移除時,該偏斜夾 閱 讀 背. 面 之 注This paper size applies Chinese national standard &lt; CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297g &gt; 4 5 60 73 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (14) Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs print and provide data card 118 The physical and electrical connection of the corresponding female coupler 120. You will realize that many different structures can be obtained in the industry, which provide the same functions as the public coupler 112 and the female coupler 120. The socket module 100 It includes a body 102, which is preferably made of plastic materials using techniques known in the industry, but can also be made using any suitable material and technology currently available or that will become available in the future. Two recesses are formed in the body 102, both In Fig. 3, 106 is indicated as a whole. The contents of the two recesses 106 ideally allow the two sockets to be accommodated by the socket module 100. Fig. 2 provides a cross-section view 106 of one of the recesses. 〇 The recessed portion 106 has a first open end and a second closed end. When an RJ-xx series plug is inserted into the recessed portion 106, a plurality of wires 108 communicate with one of their respective contacts 20. Each of the wires 108 is preferably Spring-like To make them sturdy electrical connection with contact 20. In some applications only two wires 8 are provided, while in other applications more than two wires. Each wire 108 is joined to a separate hollow pin One is shown in the cross-section at 110, which is paired with the corresponding pin set by the female coupler (120 in Figure 1). You will realize that the number of pins and wires can be changed according to the specific application of the socket block. It is within the scope of the present invention to provide an electrical connection between the conductor of the recess and the interconnect structure using any technology currently available or that will become available in the future. Still referring to FIG. 2, when the plug 10 is received in the recess, A protruding portion 104 provided on the deflection clip 12 engages the ridge 18 formed on the body 102 and is pushed into the concave portion 106. The deflection clip 12 and the protruding portion 104 operate together to hold the plug 10 in the position. The recess 106〇 When the plug 10 needs to be removed, the deflection clip reads the back.

項 再Sii裝 頁 I I I 1訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 45 6073 A7Item Re-Sii Page I I I 1 Order This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 size (210 X 297 45 6073 A7)

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作it印K _____B7___五、發明說明(i5) 12被壓縮,而揷頭10從凹部106被移出〇 圍繞該凹部之一端部爲一可擴張構件114〇於圖2所示 本發明一具體形式,該可擴張構件爲彈性與可伸展之膜片 〇該可擴張構件II4最好爲一電絕綠體之類似橡皮材料〇 該可擴張構件114爲錨定於本體102所設置之凹槽116內, 環繞該凹部1〇6〇 如於圖2之剖面圖所.清楚顯示,當挿頭1〇完全揷入凹 部106內時,該可擴張構件II4被移動,擴張該凹部106之 深度。該可擴張構件114隔離觸點20,免於暴露於周圍環 境。若不包括該可擴張構件114,如前述可行方案,觸點 2〇將暴露於周圍環境,則將出現觸點20將短路在一起之可 能性。亦可能各觸點20會短路至電接地,'將一電流通至接 觸各觸點之使用者20,或發生某些會損害附接於電纜14之 通訊裝置之其他事件〇如業界所知,當連接至美國之常用 載體電話網路時,正常於觸點20上出現超過70伏特之電壓 Ο 所例示之可擴張構件114最好由一類似橡皮材料所製 造,其具有足夠撓性容許挿頭10之端部擴張該撓性構件. 114,而無過度力量施加於挿頭10上。該可擴張構件114之 製造材料應有足夠强度,容許長期使用,而無任何破壞例 如撕裂。業界技術熟練人員將體會該可擴張構件114之周 邊須堅固地錨定於凹槽116。 要了解異於該可擴張構件114之構造可可作用如同該 可擴張裝置,用以使觸點20與周圍環境任何物體之電連續 姑張尺度遠用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁&gt; 4 5 60 7 3 A7 B7 五、發明說明(16) 性隔離〇譬如,剛性嵌板接合在一起容許擴張之組合可作 用如同該可擴張裝置。再者,使用本文所包含之資訊可設. 計出剛性元件與彈性元件之一組合,或一或多個剛性元件 摺疊於本體10 2之厚度內。最好該本體102之厚度不大於數 據卡ns之厚度。如此,一旦挿頭ίο被移出時,該可擴張 構件114須傾向自動返回至本體102之平面內,及/或容許 使用者折疊該可擴張構件1140參考圖3,最好各凹部106 具有特別之尺寸〇最好該凹部之二完整側壁各具有一長度 範圍爲從約.265吋至約,285吋,而垂直該二側壁之剩餘 單一直壁具有一尺寸範圍爲從約.45吋至約.475吋,供 以與RJ-4 5揷頭相容。又最好該凹部之二完整側壁具有一 長度範圍從約.265吋至約.285吋,而垂直該二側壁之剩 餘單一直壁具有一尺寸範圍爲從約.37 5吋至約.4吋,供 以與RJ-11及RJ-12揷頭相容。 圖4爲本發明第二具體形式之透視圖,其具有一挿座 模組,以131整體指示。挿座模組131於圖4所例示爲縮入 一通訊卡130內。該通訊卡13 0可罩覆較早所指示之任何通 訊裝置〇 揷座模組131包括一本體132與一指拉部148形成於其 上〇挿座模組131方便保持於圖4所示縮入位置,直到通訊 卡130需要連接至一通訊線路(圖4未顯示)〇當需要時, 使用者抓住指拉部148, 而將挿座模組131拉到圖5所示其 伸出位置〇 圖5例示該挿座模組於其伸出位置。挿座模組131包括 請 先 閱 ib 之 注The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperation, it printed K _____B7___ V. Description of Invention (i5) 12 is compressed, and the hoe 10 is removed from the recess 106. An end surrounding one of the recesses is an expandable member 114. A specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 2 is that the expandable member is an elastic and extensible diaphragm. The expandable member II4 is preferably a rubber-like material similar to an electric insulator. The expandable member 114 is anchored to the body. In the groove 116 provided in 102, the recessed portion 1060 is surrounded as shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 2. It is clearly shown that when the plug 10 is fully inserted into the recessed portion 106, the expandable member II4 is moved to expand the The depth of the recess 106. The expandable member 114 isolates the contacts 20 from exposure to the surrounding environment. If the expandable member 114 is not included, as in the foregoing feasible solution, the contact 20 will be exposed to the surrounding environment, and the possibility that the contact 20 will be shorted together will occur. It is also possible that each contact 20 will be short-circuited to electrical ground, 'pass a current to the user 20 contacting each contact, or some other event will occur that will damage the communication device attached to the cable 14. As the industry knows, When connected to a common carrier telephone network in the United States, a voltage of more than 70 volts normally appears on the contact 20. The exemplified expandable member 114 is preferably made of a rubber-like material that is flexible enough to allow the plug 10 The ends expand the flexible member 114 without excessive force being applied to the plug 10. The material of the expandable member 114 should be of sufficient strength to allow long-term use without any damage such as tearing. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the perimeter of the expandable member 114 must be firmly anchored to the groove 116. To understand that the structure different from the expandable member 114 cocoa acts like the expandable device to make the electrical continuous continuous expansion of the contact 20 and any object in the surrounding environment far away from the Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page> 4 5 60 7 3 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (16) Sexual isolation 〇 For example, the combination of rigid panels joined together to allow expansion can function as the expansion Furthermore, the information contained in this article can be used to calculate. Calculate a combination of a rigid element and an elastic element, or one or more rigid elements folded within the thickness of the body 102. Preferably, the thickness of the body 102 is not greater than The thickness of the data card ns. In this way, once the plug is removed, the expandable member 114 must tend to automatically return to the plane of the body 102 and / or allow the user to fold the expandable member 1140 with reference to FIG. 3, preferably each The recess 106 has a special size. Preferably, the two complete sidewalls of the recess each have a length ranging from about .265 inches to about 285 inches, and the remaining single straight wall perpendicular to the two sidewalls has a size range. From about .45 inches to about .475 inches for compatibility with the RJ-4 5 hoe. It is also preferred that the two complete sidewalls of the recess have a length ranging from about .265 inches to about .285 inches, while perpendicular to the The remaining single straight wall of the two side walls has a size ranging from about .375 to about .4 inches for compatibility with RJ-11 and RJ-12 buns. Figure 4 is a perspective view of a second specific form of the present invention In the figure, it has a socket module, which is indicated by 131 as a whole. The socket module 131 is illustrated in FIG. 4 as being retracted into a communication card 130. The communication card 130 can cover any communication device indicated earlier. The base module 131 includes a body 132 and a finger pull portion 148 formed thereon. The socket module 131 is conveniently maintained in the retracted position shown in FIG. 4 until the communication card 130 needs to be connected to a communication line (not shown in FIG. 4). 〇 When needed, the user grasps the finger pull portion 148 and pulls the socket module 131 to its extended position shown in FIG. 5. FIG. 5 illustrates the socket module in its extended position. The socket module 131 includes Read ib's note first

I 畫 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 A5 60 73 叫 A7 __________ B7 經濟部智慧財產笱tecx-WA^&quot; 五、發明說明(17) —對突脊(其一者於圖4與5以虛線影像顯示於140),其 從挿座模組131之側邊伸出,且沿一對凹槽滑動,於圖5以 虛線影像清楚顯示於138 〇 挿座模組131包括二個凹部,於134各爲整體指示,而 各凹部146包括多個導線。各凹部13 4亦最好包括一可擴張 構件144:,其可相同、相似、或同等於有關圖1-3所述之可 擴張構件11 4 〇 圖6爲本發明第三具體形式之一透視圖,其包括一可 移動之揷座模組,以151整體指示〇所示該可移動之挿座 模組151爲於通訊卡150定位,如前所述。該可移動之挿座 模組包括一本體166,於圖6例示於縮入位置〇將會體到圖 6所例示之縮入位置可被使用,或該本體166可完全縮入通 訊卡150罩殼內。爲使用該裝置,使兩者最好抓住指扣部 166,而將該本體166拉出到一伸出位置,如圖7所示。 該可移動之挿座模組151可有助於輕易地從通訊卡150 移出。爲從通訊卡15 0將該整個可移動之挿座模組151移出 ,一對翼158被向內壓擠,使設於各翼158之突出部158 ( 圖8內之158)脫離通訊卡ISO罩殼之一邊162〇然後整個可 移動之揷座模組151可從通訊卡150移出。將體會到其他構 造可完成翼158之功能,如於本發明稍後將說明者〇 當使用時,一揷座模組經常會破裂或損害*例如揷座 模組100 〇 若一挿座模組或對通訊線路提供連接之其他構 造永久固定於該通訊卡或其同等品*則唯一實際之可靠方 法爲整個通訊卡之更換,即使只有該挿座模組損害〇於圖 (請先w讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&gt;. -1.I The paper size of the picture book applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297 A5 60 73 is called A7 __________ B7 Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 笱 tecx-WA ^ &quot;) 5. Description of the invention (17) — (Shown at 140 in Figures 4 and 5 with a dashed image), which protrudes from the side of the socket module 131 and slides along a pair of grooves. It is clearly shown in Figure 5 with a dashed image at 138. The socket module 131 includes Two recesses, 134 each as a whole, and each recess 146 includes a plurality of wires. Each recess 13 4 also preferably includes an expandable member 144: which may be the same, similar, or equivalent to those shown in Figures 1-3. The expandable member 11 4 〇 FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a third specific form of the present invention, which includes a movable pedestal module, indicated by 151 as a whole. The movable socket module 151 is shown in FIG. The positioning of the communication card 150 is as described above. The movable socket module includes a body 166, which is illustrated in the retracted position in FIG. 6 and will be used in the retracted position illustrated in FIG. 6, or the body. 166 can be fully retracted into the cover of the communication card 150. To use the device, make both Grasp the finger clasp 166 and pull the body 166 out to an extended position, as shown in Figure 7. The removable socket module 151 can help to easily remove from the communication card 150. To remove from the communication card 15 0 Remove the entire movable socket module 151, a pair of wings 158 are squeezed inward, so that the protruding portion 158 (158 in FIG. 8) provided on each of the wings 158 is separated from one side 162 of the ISO cover of the communication card 〇The entire movable pedestal module 151 can then be removed from the communication card 150. You will realize that other structures can complete the function of the wing 158, as will be explained later in the present invention. 〇When used, a pedestal module is often Will rupture or damage * For example, the socket module 100 〇 If a socket module or other structure providing a connection to the communication line is permanently fixed to the communication card or its equivalent *, the only practical and reliable method is to replace the entire communication card, Even if only the socket module is damaged, as shown in the figure (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page>. -1.

裝.! I I I tl ϋ _ 1 n I* «IInstall.! I I I tl ϋ _ 1 n I * «I

•I i i I :p• I i i I: p

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 X 297舍 456073 A7 B7 五、發明說明(18) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 6-9所示本發明之具體形式提供一旦損害時可輕易更換之 挿座模組〇 再者,可移動之挿座模組151可更換另一挿座模組, 其適合承接另一尺寸或類型之挿頭(未示於圖6-9) 〇 譬 如IU-11、 RJ-12、及HJ-45連接器皆經採用作特殊應用〇 如此,^適合使用於挿頭之可移動揷座模組可輕易 更換爲適合使用於RJ-45揷頭等之可移動挿座模組。 圖8與9提供該可移動挿座模組151之詳細圖,其分別 爲本體166於伸出與縮入位置〇於本體166設置有一對凹部 ,以154整體指示,與多個導線1S6 〇 各凹部154最好包括 一可擴張構件,以1 54整體指示,如前所述。 如圖8與9所示,可移動揷座模組151包括一外殻168, 各翼156由此伸出,而本體16 6於其內滑動。將體會業界技 術熟練人員使用本文所包含之敎導可設計出許多不同構造 ,完成該外殼之功能〇附著於該本體166爲三個導件172, 其分別於三個凹槽170內滑動〇 各導件172與各凹槽17 2之 構組爲使該本體168保持被羈留,即不能完全從該外殼168 移出。又於圖8與9所示爲多個電導線,以括號174指示, 與通訊卡150罩殼內之適當構造配對,以容許於通訊線路 (圖8與9上未例示)與通訊卡(圖6與7之150)間之信號 轉移〇 將體會到由於該挿座模組151之罩殼I68扣持於通訊卡 151內,而該通訊卡150握持於一膝上型電腦或某種機殼內 ,外殼16S被保護免於破裂與損害,使其可被移動而無過 請 先 閲 讀 背 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 % 本 頁 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公&amp;) A7 4 5 6073 B7_ 五、發明說明(19 ) 分之困難,縱使損害會發生於該可移動揷座模組151之其 他組件〇 圖10提供本發明一第四具體形式之透視圖。圖1〇所例 示該具體形式包括一挿座模組,以181整體指示》例示於 一縮入位置。該揷座模組181包括一本體184,其最好爲半 圓形狀—而當於其縮入位置時,擱置於通訊卡180之模穴 內•該模穴於圖11以182整體指示。模穴182最好爲半圓形 狀,但可爲任何形狀,於其縮入位置提供足夠空間容納該 本體184 〇 本體184藉由一樞軸186附著於通訊卡180罩殻〇 樞軸 186容許本體184被旋轉,藉由於指扣部188拉出到圖11所 例示之伸出位置。於其伸出位置,該揷座模組181容許接 近一凹部190,其構造最好如前所述,並準備承接一揷頭 ,例如圖1之挿頭10 〇配置於凹部190之導線(圖上未例示 )與通訊卡190所包含電路間之電連接之提供可由業界技 術熟練人員設計出。業界技術熟練人員亦可使用本文所包 含之敎導達成多種構造,其同等於圖10與11所例示者。 圖12提供本發明一第五具體形式之透視圖,其包括一 揷座模組,以200整體指示,具有公聯結器204,類似於圖 1-3於11 2所示者,其由一通訊卡例如前述者所承接〇 —本 體202設有一凹部,揷頭10挿入其內。如於圖13之剖面圖 清楚例示,其設有多個導線206,與挿頭10上各別之觸點 2〇聯絡。 當挿頭1〇位於本體202上位置時,一槓桿208保持該挿 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4覘格(210 X 297公 1!1!! ^^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) tr--------- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 B7_____五、發明說明(20) 頭1〇於定位。該槓桿208由一彈簧210偏轉向該本體2〇2〇 一突出部212設置於槓桿208上,嚙合夾12上所設置之突脊 (於圖2與3之18),以進一步保持該挿頭於定位〇—開孔 設於槓桿208上,以容納遵照RJ-xx系列標準之挿頭上所設 置之一隆起22〇將體會到該偏轉槓桿提供一較任何業界可 獲得者更爲可靠與方便方式使用裝置, 其適合使用於 RJ-xx系列挿頭,且其適合使用於小型化裝置例如前述通 訊卡0 其次將參考圖14〇圖14提供本發明一第六較佳具體形 式之透視圖0 圖14之具體形式提供一通訊卡250 ,其包括 一可更換之直接存取配置258,所示爲準備要挿入通訊卡 250內〇如產業界所已知,通訊卡250藉由連接器挿座電連 接至計算機裝置,其於圖14爲示於2 52 〇 包含一可更換之直接存取配置,又稱爲資料存取配匱 (縮寫爲&quot;DAA”),於產業界提供一先前無法獲得之重要 優點。過去,DAA提供一些功能例如:使電話線路與數據 機間之阻抗相匹配;接收來自電話線路之資料;傳輸資料 到電話線路上;提供一脈衝撥號;及偵測一進入之鈴聲信 號〇 顯然,於世界不同國家與地區需要DAA施行不同之功 能0 目前,於產業界業已成爲一種慣例,供給一 DAA具有 一數據機,其依據使用者所要連接電話線路之任何國家, 即a美國〃數據機於美國銷售,而*德國〃數據機於德國 銷售〇由於桌上型個人電腦甚少於各國之間搬動,過去購 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&gt; /裝 « I I if· ' «Bf n n n n n It *1 t Jy m US-握 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 * 297公g &gt; 4*5 6073 A7This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> A4 specifications (210 X 297, 456,073, A7, B7) V. Description of the invention (18) The specific form of the invention shown in Figures 6-9 printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shall be provided once Socket module that can be easily replaced when damaged. Furthermore, the removable socket module 151 can be replaced with another socket module, which is suitable for receiving another size or type of plug (not shown in Figure 6-9). 〇 Such as IU -11, RJ-12, and HJ-45 connectors have all been adopted for special applications. So, ^ removable pedestal modules suitable for plugs can be easily replaced with removable ones suitable for RJ-45 hoe, etc. Socket module. Figures 8 and 9 provide detailed diagrams of the movable socket module 151, which are the body 166 in the extended and retracted positions, respectively. A pair of recesses are provided on the body 166, which are generally indicated by 154, and a plurality of wires. 1S6 〇 Each recess 154 preferably includes an expandable member, indicated as 1 54 as before. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the movable cymbal module 151 includes a housing 168 from which each wing 156 is formed. Extended, and the body 16 6 slides in it. Skilled personnel can design many different structures using the guides included in this article to complete the function of the housing. Attached to the body 166 are three guides 172 that slide in three grooves 170. Each guide 172 The structure with each groove 17 2 is to keep the body 168 in detention, that is, it cannot be completely removed from the housing 168. Also shown in Figs. 8 and 9 are multiple electrical wires, indicated by brackets 174, and the communication card 150 The proper structure of the housing is matched to allow signal transfer between the communication line (not shown in Figures 8 and 9) and the communication card (150 in Figures 6 and 7). You will appreciate the housing due to the socket module 151. I68 is held in the communication card 151, and the communication card 150 is held in a laptop or some kind of casing. The casing 16S is protected from rupture and damage, so that it can be moved without fail. Note on the back, please fill in%. The paper size on this page applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm &) A7 4 5 6073 B7_ 5. Description of the invention (19) Difficulties, even if the damage will occur in Other components of the movable cymbal module 151 A perspective view of a fourth specific form of the present invention. The specific form illustrated in FIG. 10 includes a socket module, illustrated in 181 as a whole, in a retracted position. The socket module 181 includes a body 184. It is a semi-circular shape-when it is in the retracted position, it is placed in the cavity of the communication card 180. The cavity is indicated as a whole in Figure 182. The cavity 182 is preferably a semi-circular shape, but can be any shape Provide sufficient space in the retracted position to accommodate the body 184. The body 184 is attached to the communication card 180 cover by a pivot 186. The pivot 186 allows the body 184 to be rotated by pulling out the finger clasp portion 188 to FIG. 11 Illustrated extended position. In its extended position, the cymbal module 181 allows access to a recessed portion 190. Its structure is preferably as described above, and it is ready to receive a hoe, such as the plug 10 of FIG. (Not illustrated) The provision of electrical connections to the circuits included in the communication card 190 can be designed by skilled artisans. Those skilled in the art can also use the guidance contained herein to achieve a variety of configurations, which are equivalent to those illustrated in FIGS. 10 and 11. FIG. 12 provides a perspective view of a fifth specific form of the present invention, which includes a pedestal module, indicated by 200 as a whole, with a public coupler 204, similar to those shown in FIGS. 1-3 and 112, which is communicated by a A card, such as the one described above, is received. The body 202 is provided with a recess, and the hoe 10 is inserted therein. As clearly illustrated in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 13, a plurality of wires 206 are provided to communicate with the respective contacts 20 on the plug 10. When the plug 10 is located on the body 202, a lever 208 maintains the size of the paper. The Chinese paper standard (CNS &gt; A4 觇 (210 X 297 male 1! 1 !! ^^ (Please read the precautions on the back first) Refill this page) tr --------- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 456073 A7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7 _____ V. Description of Invention (20) Head 1 〇In positioning. The lever 208 is deflected by a spring 210 toward the body 2020. A protruding portion 212 is provided on the lever 208, and a ridge (as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 to 18) provided on the engaging clip 12 is further provided. Keep the plug in position. The opening is set on the lever 208 to accommodate a bulge on the plug that complies with RJ-xx series standards. 22 You will realize that the deflection lever provides a more reliable than any industry-available It is convenient to use the device, which is suitable for RJ-xx series plugs, and it is suitable for miniaturizing devices such as the aforementioned communication card. Next, a perspective view of a sixth preferred specific form of the present invention will be provided with reference to FIGS. 14 and 14. 0 The specific form of Figure 14 provides a communication card 250, It includes a replaceable direct access configuration 258, shown ready to be inserted into a communication card 250. As known in the industry, the communication card 250 is electrically connected to a computer device through a connector socket, which is shown in FIG. 14 Included in 2 52 0 is a replaceable direct access configuration, also known as data access configuration (abbreviated to &quot; DAA "), which provides an important advantage previously unavailable in the industry. In the past, DAA provided some functions such as : Match the impedance between the telephone line and the modem; receive data from the telephone line; transmit data to the telephone line; provide a pulse dial; and detect an incoming ring signal. Obviously, it is required in different countries and regions of the world DAA implements different functions0 At present, it has become a practice in the industry to provide a DAA with a modem, which is based on any country where the user wants to connect to the telephone line, that is, a United States (the modem is sold in the United States, and * Germany) The modem is sold in Germany. Because there are fewer desktop personal computers to move between countries, in the past, please read the notes on the back before filling P &gt; / installed «I I if · '« Bf n n n n n It * 1 t Jy m US- grip the present paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 size &lt; 210 * 297 well-g &gt; 4 * 5 6073 A7

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合阼:ώ中K B7__五、發明說明(21) 買只可使用於一國之數據機業已滿足ί使用者移動時,若 需要則購買一新數據機。 很顯然,可攜式個人電腦之廣泛流行,與PCMCIA卡於 桌上型電腦之使用,意謂電腦或電腦週邊設備不限制於任 何特定地點,而可旅行到世界任何地方。不幸地,產業界 還未瞭解且還未開始有效地解決可攜式電腦使用者於各國 間旅行所面對之問題〇可用之電話通訊裝置不適宜使用者 會訪問之一或多個國家〇縱使產業界瞭解提供一適合使用 於多個國家之電話通訊裝置與DA A之好處,某些國家之需 求要求使用之組件似乎太大,而無法容許其等納入可攜式 電腦所使用之通訊卡內〇 本發明解決產業界所發現之此等問題,其藉由包括一 可更換之DAA 258 ,其承接於圖14以254整體指示之模穴內 。該可更換DAA 25 8不但可施行業界已知之習用功能,且 依據本發明該可更換DAA 25S亦可施行其他如本文所述之 需求功能〇 該可專換DA A 258與通訊卡250電連接,其最好藉由模 穴254後方所設置之二十個連接器挿銷256及DAA 258後側 所設置之對應連接器揷座260 〇當需要時,使用者可安裝 一適當之可更換DAA 258,執行取得對一國電話系統直接 連接所需之功能,或執行某些其他功能〇 將體會到,且如以下所將說明,該可更換DAA 25 8可 收藏異於連接至電話線路所需之不同組件,例如提供界接 一電腦網路所需之組件,或提供無線通訊服務例如蜂巢式 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) &quot;裝!1!1 訂 il 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 456073 A7 __ B7 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合咋主」 五、發明說明(22) 電話服務或施行某些其他功能所需之組件〇 圖14所示爲凹槽255 ,該可更換DAA 258之側邊所設置 各別之突脊262爲承接於其內。凹槽25 5於圖14A之端視圖 有更清楚之描繪。凹槽255與突脊262之功能爲導引該可更 換DAA 258進出模穴254 〇 該可更換DAA 258最好藉由一對 撓性突出部264握持於模穴254內,其嚙合該模穴254內側 表面所設置之對應凹口 257。 圖14B例示當該可軍換DAA 2 58完全揷入模穴254內之通訊卡2δ0〇 爲將該可更換DAA 258移出通訊卡250之剩餘部,一對 耳片266被壓擠,造成突出部264從凹口 257被釋放,而容 許該可更換DAA 258從模穴254被取出〇將體會到業界技術 熟練人員可獲致許多不同配置,容許該可更換DAA 2 58之 組件被連接與移出通訊卡250之剩餘部〇 圖14所例示該可更換DAA 258設有一挿座模組270 ,其 提供一對以278A&amp;B表示之1^*^3£系列挿座,其適合連接至 —具有RJ-xx系列挿頭之通訊線,例如圖1-3所示者〇將體 會到該RJ-xx系列挿座278A&amp;B必要時可提供圖2所示之可擴 張構件114。它爲於本發明之範圍內提供挿座模組270具有 構造容許其移除如圖1所示者,或包括構造容許伸出該可 更換DAA 25S,如圖14之虛線影像所示,及縮入該可更換 DAA 258,如圖14B所不箭頭272之方向〇 圖140-£爲高階方塊圖,例示可更換04九258施行之某 些較佳功能。如上所述,可提供許多不同之可更換DAA 25 8單元,各適合施行一特殊功能,而使用者必要時變更 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填a本頁) ,II 11 11 丨訂•丨 1Bakery Consumption of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs: K B7__ V. Description of the Invention (21) Buying can only be used when the modem of a country has been satisfied. When a user moves, purchase a new modem if needed. Obviously, the widespread popularity of portable personal computers and the use of PCMCIA cards on desktop computers means that computers or computer peripherals are not restricted to any particular location, but can travel anywhere in the world. Unfortunately, the industry has not yet understood and has not begun to effectively solve the problems faced by portable computer users when traveling between countries. Available telephone communication devices are not suitable for users to visit one or more countries. The industry understands the benefits of providing a telephone communication device and DA A suitable for use in multiple countries. The components required by some countries seem to be too large to allow them to be included in the communication card used by portable computers. The present invention addresses these problems found in the industry by including a replaceable DAA 258 that is received in the mold cavity indicated as a whole by 254 in FIG. 14. The replaceable DAA 25 8 can not only perform conventional functions known in the industry, but also the replaceable DAA 25S according to the present invention can also perform other required functions as described herein. The replaceable DA A 258 is electrically connected to the communication card 250. It is best to use the twenty connector pins 256 provided behind the cavity 254 and the corresponding connector holder 260 provided on the rear side of the DAA 258. When necessary, the user can install a suitable replaceable DAA 258 , Perform the functions required to obtain a direct connection to the telephone system of a country, or perform some other functions. 0 will appreciate, and as will be explained below, the replaceable DAA 25 8 can be stored differently than what is needed to connect to the telephone line Different components, such as those required to connect a computer network, or wireless communication services such as cellular (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) &quot; install! 1! 1 Order il This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 456073 A7 __ B7 Master of Consumers, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumers and Consumers, Coordinator of V & A '' V. Description of invention (22) Telephone service or implementation of a certain The components required for some other functions are shown in FIG. 14 as grooves 255, and respective ridges 262 provided on the sides of the replaceable DAA 258 are received therein. The groove 25 5 is more clearly depicted in the end view of Fig. 14A. The function of the groove 255 and the ridge 262 is to guide the replaceable DAA 258 into and out of the mold cavity 254. The replaceable DAA 258 is preferably held in the mold cavity 254 by a pair of flexible protrusions 264, which engage the mold A corresponding notch 257 is provided on the inner surface of the cavity 254. FIG. 14B illustrates that when the replaceable DAA 2 58 is fully inserted into the communication card 2δ0 in the cavity 254, in order to remove the replaceable DAA 258 from the remaining part of the communication card 250, a pair of ear pieces 266 are squeezed, resulting in a protruding portion. 264 is released from the notch 257, and the replaceable DAA 258 is allowed to be taken out of the mold cavity 254. It will be appreciated that the skilled person in the industry can obtain many different configurations, allowing the components of the replaceable DAA 2 58 to be connected and removed from the communication card. The remaining part of 250. The replaceable DAA 258 illustrated in FIG. 14 is provided with a socket module 270, which provides a pair of 1 ^ * ^ 3 £ series sockets represented by 278A &amp; B, which are suitable for connecting to-with RJ-xx series The communication line of the plug, such as shown in Figure 1-3, will appreciate that the RJ-xx series socket 278A &amp; B can provide the expandable member 114 shown in Figure 2 if necessary. It is provided within the scope of the present invention that the socket module 270 has a structure that allows it to be removed as shown in FIG. 1, or includes a structure that allows the replaceable DAA 25S to be extended, as shown by the dotted image in FIG. The replaceable DAA 258 is shown in the direction of arrow 272 in FIG. 14B. Figure 140- £ is a high-level block diagram illustrating some of the preferred functions performed by the replaceable 04-258. As mentioned above, many different replaceable DAA 25 8 units can be provided, each suitable for performing a special function, and the user can change it if necessary (please read the precautions on the back before filling out a page), II 11 11 丨 order •丨 1

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 45 6073 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(23)該可更換DAA 2S80以下表A-C所提供分別爲圖14C-E所示 方塊施行之較佳功能說明〇 表A -圖14C 美國DAA 274A 數據機連接. 274B 混合電路 274C AC阻抗網路 274D 信號轉換器 274E 線路連接器 274F 暫態保護 274G 迴路繼電器 274H DC握持電流 274 1 鈴聲偵測電路 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) '裝 • Bi n 經濟部智蒽財產局貝X.有费^'ti 表B -圖14 D 挪威DAA 275A 數據機連接 275B 混合電路 275C AC阻抗網路 275D 信號轉換器 275E 迴路繼電器 275F 暫態保護 275G 線路連接器 275H 脈衝撥號盤 275 1 DC握持電流 275 J 鈴聲偵測電路 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格ί210X 297 !丨I訂i ·丨丨丨丨丨 45 60 73 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合拃法中k 五、發明說明(24) 表C -圖14E 德國DAA 276A 數據機連接 276B 混合電路 276C AC阻抗網路 276D 信號轉換器 276E 迴路繼電器 276F 暫態保護 276G 線路連接器 276H 登錄音調過濾器 2761 脈衝撥號盤 276J AC握持電流 276K 鈴聲偵測 圖顯示一挿座模組270A,只包括單一RJ-χχ系列挿 座〇某些國家規定只需要單一電話線路連接至一電信裝置 。圖14F所例示之KJ-xx系列挿座最好爲八個導線之rj_45 挿座〇 挿座模組217 Ο A所連接之DAA最好提供直接接附到特 定國家或多國家電話系統所需要之界面功能〇 其次參考圖15A-D,其爲挿座模組27 0與各構造之細部 圖,其容許挿座模組270伸出或縮入該可更換DAA 258 (圖 I4所示)〇 將體會到容許挿座模組270仲出與縮入之構造 可被納入該可更換DAA 258內,直接納入一通訊卡250內, illllllull II ^* — — — —^7. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項#,填窝本頁). 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297 經濟部智慧財產局貝χ消費b乍 456073 A7 ___B7 _ 五、發明說明(25) 或納入從本文所述緊密通訊連接器獲益之任何其他裝置內 〇 於本發明之前,若提供Rj-χχ系列連接器之構造固定 於PCMCIA通訊卡,連接器將會破裂或損壞,使用者將需丟 棄整個通訊卡,而將受困於一無效之通訊卡〇 於授予 A ldous之美國專利第5, 18 3, 4 04號所述裝置尤其受此一問 題困擾〇本發明出現之前,產業界還無瞭解所述事件爲一 重要問題,旦產業界未能達成本文所述之解決方案〇 本發明容許提供通訊揷座之構造得以被使用者迅即更 換〇由於損害或要界接於不同通訊線路或裝置時,使用者 會需要更換提供通訊揷座之構造〇本發明提供此等優點, 否則於產業界無法獲得之〇因此,使用者可迅速且無任何 困難地更換損壞之挿座構造,或於需要其他功能時,更換 該構造〇 圖15A與15B所示爲一揷座模組270,其包括二HJ-xx系 列挿座,以27 8 A及B整體指示〇 圖15丨顯示挿座模組270於 其縮入位置。圖15B顯示挿座模組270於其伸出位置。各 RJ-Xx系列揷座278A&amp;B設有四個導線*以括號284表示。將 了解本文所述RJ-xX系列揷座之描述爲目前一較佳應用之 範例,其包含其他類型之連接器與亦屬本發明範圍之裝置 〇 一框座280示於圖15A及B 〇該框座280譬如被承接於該 可更換DAA 2 58所設置之模穴(圖15A及B未顯示)內,並 由鎖定突脊290嚙合凹口 273 (圖14)保持於定位。圖15 A- &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印af 4 5 60 7 3 Λ/ ______Β7___ 五、發明說明(26) fl於2 82所示一電連接器提供電連接,並提供進一步之實體 穩定性,而可由業界技術熟練人員使用本文所提供資訊作 選擇。該框座280被移出該可更換DAA 258爲由使用者將耳 片292擠合,而框座280從該可更換DAA 258被拉出。將體 會到圖15A&amp;B所示構造可納於許多不同之裝置內,後者現 在於產業界可獲得或於將來會成爲可獲得0 如圖15A及B所示,該揷座模組270可被彈簧286偏移至 其伸出位置。該彈簧286由立柱2SGA與286B保持於定位。 一撓性之交連電路28 8於連接器282與各導線284之間堤供 電連接〇有關交連電路288之進一步資訊將於有關圖15C及 D被提供〇如業界技術熟練人員將體會到,本文所述構造 提供較依循業界習用敎導之舊有可能者更爲緊密之優點〇 圖15 C及D顯示一撓性之交連電路2 88, 其提供多個導 線,以288 A指示。該撓性之交連電路288,非使用挿銷與 揷座之端連接,而依賴表面安裝連接,如此使該構造作更 爲緊密。於連接器282 (圖15A&amp;B)所接收之電信號被傳輸 到一棒條289表面上形成之導線(圖上未顯示),而一握 持夾291將導線288A壓於棒條289表面上形成之適當導線上 。該撓性之交連電路288需要時彎曲,以容納挿座模組270 之伸出與縮入σ 要與RJ-xx系列挿座之導線完成表面電連接,導線284 由一構件271保持於定位,該撓性之交連電路288被摺疊, 使導線288 Α被壓至以28 4所示之對應導線〇該撓性之交連 電路288由一夾277保持於構件271之定位。挿座模組270可 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁) / ! —訂•丨丨 5. π 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 @丄 45 60 73 A7 經濟部智慧財農局負工消费合作社印製 __B7_ 五、發明說明(27〉 KJ-XX系列挿座278 A&amp;B之各導線284間提供電交連。使用所 述構造,提供一可靠且緊密之配置完成與RJ-χχ系列挿座 之電連接〇 再參考圖15 A及B,一對撓性臂2*79各設置一突出把手 281, 其承接於框座內側表面形成之凹槽內,其容許挿座 模組270於框座280內滑動,且將揷座模組270握持於其伸 出或縮入位置。翼282從挿座模組270之側邊伸出,,其提供 進一步之位置穩定性。翼282之導引邊緣282 A鄰接框座上 一止擋283,以限制挿座模組27 0之伸出移動。撓性臂27 9 於縮入與伸出移動之操作於參考圖16A-D將進一步說明細 節。 圖16A爲框座280內側表面一側視圖,顯示其內形成之 凹槽306 ,而揷座模組27 0於其縮入位置〇 如於圖16 A可看 到,把手281被握持一溝槽306 A內。把手281之形狀與溝槽 306A之形狀,與彈簧(圖15A及B之286)之偏移作用一起 ,將把手281握持於溝槽306A內。當需要伸出挿座模組( 圖15A及B之270)時,使用者推入挿座模組270,使把手 281之傾斜後側造成撓性臂279之自由端向上彎曲,容許把 手281脫離溝槽306A, 而於凹槽306內向前移動至圖16 B所 示之伸出位置0 圖16C提供撓性臂279之側視圖,顯示如箭頭308所示 其垂直移動〇圖16D提供挿座模組270之一部分之俯視圖, 其進一步顯示把手281之形狀與撓性臂27 9之水平移動。將 體會到所述構造提供一簡單與可靠之配置,供以伸出與縮 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ______ B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作it印较 五、發明說明(28) 入該挿座模組2 70,且其優點爲較舊有可用構造更爲緊密 〇藉由使縮入與伸出構造更爲緊密,可提供更多空間供以 其他組件使闱〇 其次參考圖17A-C,其例示詳細之額外構造,其容許 挿座模組270伸出與縮入該可更換DAA 258 (圖14所示), 與連接器28*7與RJ-XX系列挿座內各導線2S4間之電交連。 圖17 AO所示許多構造爲與圖15 A&amp;B所示對應號碼構造相同 * 〇如此,只有所示構造間之差異將予說明〇 圖17A及B所示爲294A所示至少二露出導線之一,其附 著於框座280之內側表面。圖17C顯示二滑動電觸點296A與 296B 〇滑動電觸點296A&amp;B最好爲彈簧型式,以確保各滑動 電觸點29GA&amp;B對各別導線構成堅實之電觸點,其一導線示 於圖17A&amp;B之俯視圖之294A 〇從滑動電觸點296A及B經挿座 模組27 0構成一電連接至適當導線284 〇將了解於本發明範 圍內使用本文所述資訊,可施行電交連構造之許多變化。 其次將參考圖18A及B,描述容許揷座模組270伸出與 縮入之構造〇圖18 A爲挿座模組2 70之剖面俯視圖,顯示其 內所形成之凹槽。仍參考圖18A,設置於止擋283內側表面 爲挿銷301, 其握持於一凹部3 04內,而由一彈簧30 2從凹 部3〇4向外被偏移〇 於圖18A,當挿座模組27 0於其伸出位 置時,止擋28 3與挿銷301之實線影像顯示其等於凹槽300 之位置。彈簧2S6之偏移力量,局部如圖18A及B所示,將 挿座模組270握持於其伸出位置〇 現參考圖18A與18B二者說明挿座模組270從其伸出位 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁).This paper size applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297 45 6073 A7 _ B7) V. Description of the invention (23) The replaceable DAA 2S80 provided in the following table AC is the comparison of the boxes shown in Figure 14C-E. Description of the best function 〇 Table A-Figure 14C American DAA 274A modem connection. 274B hybrid circuit 274C AC impedance network 274D signal converter 274E line connector 274F transient protection 274G loop relay 274H DC holding current 274 1 bell detection circuit (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 'Installation • Bin n Ministry of Economic Affairs, Anthracene Property Bureau X. Has a fee ^' ti Table B-Figure 14 D Norwegian DAA 275A modem connection 275B hybrid circuit 275C AC impedance Network 275D Signal converter 275E Loop relay 275F Transient protection 275G Line connector 275H Pulse dial 275 1 DC holding current 275 J Ring detection circuit This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications 210X 297! 丨 I Order i · 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 45 60 73 A7 B7 In the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumption Integration Law k. Invention Description (24) Table C-Figure 14E DAA 276A modem Connected to 276B hybrid circuit 276C AC impedance network 276D signal converter 276E loop relay 276F transient protection 276G line connector 276H login tone filter 2761 pulse dial 276J AC holding current 276K ringtone detection diagram shows a socket module 270A, Only includes a single RJ-χχ series socket. Some countries require only a single telephone line to connect to a telecommunications device. The KJ-xx series socket illustrated in Figure 14F is preferably an eight-wire rj_45 socket. Socket module 217 〇 A The connected DAA preferably provides the interface functions required to directly connect to a specific country or multi-country telephone system. Secondly, refer to Figures 15A-D, which is a detailed diagram of the socket module 270 and various structures, which allows the socket module 270 extends or retracts the replaceable DAA 258 (shown in Figure I4). I will realize that the structure that allows the socket module 270 to exit and retract can be included in the replaceable DAA 258 and directly included in a communication card 250. , Illllllull II ^ * — — — — ^ 7. (Please read the precautions on the back #, fill in this page first). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, consumption of χb 456073 A7 ___B7 _ 5. Description of the invention (25) or incorporated into any other device that benefits from the close communication connector described herein. Prior to the present invention, if the Rj-χχ series is provided The structure of the connector is fixed to the PCMCIA communication card. The connector will be broken or damaged. The user will need to discard the entire communication card, and will be trapped in an invalid communication card. US Patent No. 5, 18, issued to Aldous The device described in No. 4 04 is particularly troubled by this problem. Before the invention of the invention, the industry did not understand that the incident was an important problem, and the industry failed to achieve the solution described herein. The invention allows communication. The structure of the socket can be quickly replaced by the user. Due to damage or the need to connect to different communication lines or devices, the user will need to replace the structure of the communications socket provided. The invention provides these advantages, otherwise it cannot be obtained in the industry. Therefore, the user can quickly and without any difficulty replace the damaged socket structure, or when other functions are needed, the structure is shown in Figures 15A and 15B. A seat Cha module 270, which includes two HJ-xx series socket to 27 8 A and B are generally indicated in FIG. 15 Shu square socket module 270 to display its retracted position. FIG. 15B shows the socket module 270 in its extended position. Each RJ-Xx series stern mount 278A &amp; B is provided with four wires * indicated by brackets 284. It will be understood that the description of the RJ-xX series of sockets described herein is an example of a currently preferred application, which includes other types of connectors and devices that are also within the scope of the present invention. A frame 280 is shown in Figures 15A and B. The The frame base 280 is, for example, received in a mold cavity (not shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B) provided in the replaceable DAA 2 58 and is held in position by a locking ridge 290 engaging a notch 273 (FIG. 14). Figure 15 A- &lt; Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Off-Work Consumer Cooperative Cooperative Seal af 4 5 60 7 3 Λ / ______ Β7 ___ V. Description of the invention (26) fl. An electrical connector shown in 2 82 provides electrical connection and provides further physical stability, and can be selected by skilled technicians in the industry using the information provided in this article. The frame 280 When the removable DAA 258 is removed, the ear piece 292 is squeezed by the user, and the frame base 280 is pulled out from the replaceable DAA 258. You will realize that the structure shown in Figure 15A &amp; B can be accommodated in many different devices. The latter is now available in the industry or will become available in the future. As shown in Figs. 15A and B, the socket module 270 can be shifted to its extended position by a spring 286. The spring 286 is formed by the columns 2SGA and 286B. Keep it in position. A flexible cross-linked circuit 28 8 provides a power supply connection between the connector 282 and each wire 284. Further information on the cross-connected circuit 288 will be provided in relation to Figures 15C and D. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the industry To The structure provides a tighter advantage than the old-fashioned ones that follow conventional guidance in the industry. Figure 15 C and D show a flexible cross-connect circuit 2 88, which provides multiple conductors, indicated at 288 A. The flexible cross-link Circuit 288, instead of using a pin to connect to the end of the pedestal, but relies on surface-mount connection, which makes the structure closer. The electrical signal received at connector 282 (Figure 15A &amp; B) is transmitted to a bar 289 formed on the surface of the 289 (not shown in the figure), and a holding clip 291 presses the wire 288A on a suitable wire formed on the surface of the rod 289. The flexible cross-linked circuit 288 is bent as needed to accommodate the socket mold The extension and indentation σ of the group 270 is to complete the surface electrical connection with the wires of the RJ-xx series sockets. The wire 284 is held in position by a member 271. The flexible cross-link circuit 288 is folded, so that the wire 288 Α is pressed to Corresponding wires shown at 28 4. The flexible interconnect circuit 288 is held by a clip 277 at the position of the member 271. The socket module 270 is available (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) /! • 丨 丨 5. π This paper size applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 @ 丄 45 60 73 A7 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumers' Cooperatives__B7_ V. Description of the invention (27) KJ-XX series sockets 278 A & B Electrical connection is provided in 284. Using the structure, a reliable and tight configuration is provided to complete the electrical connection with the RJ-χχ series sockets. Referring to Figure 15 A and B, a pair of flexible arms 2 * 79 are each provided with a protruding handle 281, which is received in a groove formed on the inner surface of the frame base, allows the socket module 270 to slide in the frame base 280, and holds the cymbal block module 270 in its extended or retracted position. The wings 282 extend from the sides of the socket module 270, which provides further position stability. The guide edge 282 A of the wing 282 abuts a stop 283 on the frame base to limit the extension movement of the socket module 270. The operation of the flexible arm 27 9 in retracting and extending movement will be described in further detail with reference to Figs. 16A-D. FIG. 16A is a side view of the inside surface of the frame base 280, showing the groove 306 formed therein, and the cymbal module 270 is in its retracted position. As can be seen in FIG. 16A, the handle 281 is held by a groove In slot 306A. The shape of the handle 281 and the shape of the groove 306A, together with the biasing action of the spring (286 in FIGS. 15A and B), hold the handle 281 in the groove 306A. When it is necessary to extend the socket module (270 of Figures 15A and B), the user pushes in the socket module 270, so that the inclined rear side of the handle 281 causes the free end of the flexible arm 279 to bend upward, allowing the handle 281 to escape from the groove 306A, and move forward in the groove 306 to the extended position shown in Fig. 16B. Fig. 16C provides a side view of the flexible arm 279, showing its vertical movement as shown by arrow 308. Fig. 16D provides the socket module 270. A partial plan view further shows the shape of the handle 281 and the horizontal movement of the flexible arm 279. I will appreciate that the structure provides a simple and reliable configuration for extension and contraction (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS &gt; A4 specifications (210 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ______ B7 It ’s printed in the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and it ’s printed in the fifth. Invention description (28) The socket module 2 70 is inserted, and its advantage is that it is more compact than the old available structure. By making the retracted and extended structure closer, more space can be provided for other components. Secondly, referring to FIGS. 17A-C, it illustrates a detailed additional structure that allows the socket module 270 to extend and retract the Replaceable DAA 258 (shown in Figure 14), and electrical connection between connector 28 * 7 and each lead 2S4 in the RJ-XX series socket. Figure 17 Many structures shown in AO correspond to the corresponding numbers shown in Figure 15 A &amp; B The structure is the same * 〇 So, only the differences between the structures shown will be explained. Figures 17A and B show one of at least two exposed wires shown in 294A, which are attached to the inner surface of the frame 280. Figure 17C shows two sliding electrical Contacts 296A and 296B. Slide electrical contacts 296A &amp; B are preferably springs In order to ensure that each sliding electrical contact 29GA &amp; B constitutes a solid electrical contact to each wire, one of the wires is shown in Figure 294A of the top view of Figure 17A &B; 〇From the sliding electrical contacts 296A and B via the socket module 27 0 constitutes an electrical connection to the appropriate wire 284. It will be understood that within the scope of the present invention, many variations of the electrical cross-linking structure can be implemented using the information described herein. Next, referring to FIGS. Retracted structure. Figure 18A is a cross-sectional top view of the socket module 2 70, showing the groove formed therein. Still referring to Figure 18A, the inside surface of the stopper 283 is a pin 301, which is held in a recess 3 04, and a spring 302 is shifted outward from the recess 304 in FIG. 18A. When the socket module 270 is in its extended position, the solid line image of the stop 283 and the latch 301 Shows that it is equal to the groove 300. The biasing force of the spring 2S6 is partially shown in Figures 18A and B. Hold the socket module 270 in its extended position. Now refer to Figures 18A and 18B to describe the socket module 270 protrudes from it (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page).

本紙張尺度適用中國國喿標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 立 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作钍印製 __B7___五、發明說明(29) 置移動至其縮入位置〇 當挿座模組270要被移動至其縮入 位置時* 使用者(圖上未描述)將挿座模組270推向框座 280 〇 挿銷301於凹槽300內向上行進至斜坡300A,而進入 井3 00B之內,挿銷301被握持於其內。挿座模組270之縮入 位置示於圖1SA之虛線影像。要將挿座模組27 0從其縮入位 置移動至其伸出位置,使用者再次將揷座模組27 0向內推 向框座28〇,其造成挿銷301移出井300B向上到箭頭300C所 示之斜坡。然後使用者釋放揷座模組270,容許挿座模組 270伸出,而挿銷301沿箭頭300D所示行下一斜坡,挿銷 301於此再次進入凹槽300 ,而挿座模組270完成其伸出。 其次將參考圖19A-C〇爲容納該通訊卡與一無線通訊 系統間之無線通訊,一天線設置於圖19A-C所示之通訊卡 。圖1SA-C所例示本發明具體形式特別適合容納蜂巢式電 話信號,但業界技術熟練人員可迅即修改具體形式,以容 納其他通訊系統,包括使用射頻技術以及其他媒體者。 圖19 A例示一天線312,其以箭頭312 A方向樞轉進出通 訊卡250之端部內。當需要使用天線時,使用者按下一釋 放鈕315,其容許天線樞轉出通訊卡之端部。 圖19B例示一天線318,其樞轉安裝於可縮入塊314上 〇當需要使用天線時,使用者按下一釋放鈕315,其容許 天線31 8以箭頭318A方向樞轉。該可縮入塊314可收藏於通 訊卡內,而以箭頭314 A之方向伸出與縮入,並由按下按鈕 316從其縮入位置釋放。 圖19C例示一天線322,其樞轉安裝於可縮入塊320上 本紙5^尺度適財關家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;21G X 297公$ )' {請先Μ讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁&gt; 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 貝 工 消 費 合 作 社· 印 躲 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 _______B7 五、發明說明(30) 0該可縮入塊32 0藉由按下按鈕31 6而伸出。當該可縮入塊 320伸出時,天線322以箭頭322A之方向上下樞轉。又設置 於該可縮入塊320上爲一挿座324,容許一通訊線路亦被附 接其上〇 圖19A-C所示之各配置可經最佳修改,供以使用於特 別類型之天線,其可採用非常不同於所例示天線之形狀與 尺寸。譬如,垂直極化、水平極化、圓形極化之天線可具 1 有本發明具體形式之應用。再者,使用於圖19A-C所例示 具體形式之天線可包括組件仲出或進一步樞轉以增加天線 長度或改變天線形狀〇業界技術熟練人員將體會到施行無 線通訊例如蜂巢式電話通訊所需要之組件可包封於該通訊 卡250或一適合此等目的之DAAo有關無線電腦網路之進一 步資訊可從IEEE 802.1 1標準(及其任何可用法案)獲得 ,其現於此以指述方式整體納入本文。 其次將參考圖20,其顯示一通訊卡250與一可更換DAA 332,後者適合界接一可攜式蜂巢式電話,其藉由—電纜 334與一連接器336,直接附接到可攜式蜂巢式電話(圖上 未所例示)之一對應連接器(圖上未所例示)〇將體會到 業界技術熟練人員將可得以提供可更換DAA 332與連接器 336’其適合與任何數目之蜂巢式電話或其他通訊裝置作 用’且其容許使用者容易且快速地改變通訊卡所放置之應 用° 其次將參考圖21。圖21提供以34〇指示之通訊卡之透 視圖。該通訊卡34〇於尺寸與構造依隨pCMCIA (亦稱爲“ --I----illf - ----I I I I «1 — (請先閲讀1r·面之注意Ϋ項再^:寫本頁)This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 Li 456073 A7 Printed by the shellfish consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __B7___ V. Description of the invention (29) Move to its retracted position 〇When the socket module 270 is to be moved to its retracted position * The user (not shown in the figure) pushes the socket module 270 toward the frame base 280 〇 The latch 301 travels upward in the groove 300 to the slope 300A, and Into the well 3 00B, the latch 301 is held therein. The retracted position of the socket module 270 is shown in a dotted image in FIG. 1SA. To move the socket module 27 0 from its retracted position to its extended position, the user again pushes the stern module 27 0 inwardly toward the frame seat 28 0, which causes the latch 301 to move out of the well 300B up to the arrow 300C The slope shown. Then the user releases the socket module 270 to allow the socket module 270 to extend, and the pin 301 goes down a slope along the arrow 300D, the pin 301 enters the groove 300 again, and the socket module 270 completes its Reach out. Next, reference will be made to Figs. 19A-C. In order to accommodate wireless communication between the communication card and a wireless communication system, an antenna is provided on the communication card shown in Figs. 19A-C. The specific form of the invention illustrated in FIG. 1SA-C is particularly suitable for accommodating cellular telephone signals, but those skilled in the art can quickly modify the specific form to accommodate other communication systems, including those using radio frequency technology and other media. Fig. 19A illustrates an antenna 312 which is pivoted into and out of the end of the communication card 250 in the direction of arrow 312A. When the antenna needs to be used, the user presses a release button 315, which allows the antenna to pivot out of the end of the communication card. Fig. 19B illustrates an antenna 318, which is pivotally mounted on the retractable block 314. When the antenna needs to be used, the user presses a release button 315, which allows the antenna 318 to pivot in the direction of arrow 318A. The retractable block 314 can be stored in the communication card, and is extended and retracted in the direction of the arrow 314 A, and is released from its retracted position by pressing the button 316. FIG. 19C illustrates an antenna 322, which is pivotally mounted on a retractable block 320 of a paper 5 ^ standard suitable for financial standards (CNS) A4 specification &lt; 21G X 297 public dollars) '{Please read the note on the back first Fill out this page again for this item &gt; Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs · Yin Hidden 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 _______B7 V. Description of the invention (30) 0 This retractable block 32 0 By pressing the button 31 6 Reach out. When the retractable block 320 is extended, the antenna 322 is pivoted up and down in the direction of the arrow 322A. A socket 324 is provided on the retractable block 320 to allow a communication line to be attached thereto. Each configuration shown in Figs. 19A-C can be optimally modified for use with a particular type of antenna. It can take shapes and sizes that are very different from the antennas exemplified. For example, vertically polarized, horizontally polarized, and circularly polarized antennas may have applications in a specific form of the invention. Furthermore, the antennas used in the specific forms illustrated in FIGS. 19A-C may include components that are out or further pivoted to increase the length of the antenna or change the shape of the antenna. Skilled persons in the industry will appreciate the need for wireless communications such as cellular telephone communications The components can be encapsulated in the communication card 250 or a DAAo suitable for these purposes. Further information on wireless computer networks can be obtained from the IEEE 802.1 1 standard (and any applicable bills), which is now referred to as a whole Included in this article. Next, reference will be made to FIG. 20, which shows a communication card 250 and a replaceable DAA 332, which is suitable for connecting a portable cellular phone, which is directly attached to the portable through a cable 334 and a connector 336 One of the corresponding connectors of the cellular phone (not shown in the picture) (not shown in the picture). It will be appreciated that skilled personnel in the industry will be able to provide replaceable DAA 332 and connector 336 'which are suitable for any number of honeycombs Phone or other communication device functions' and it allows the user to easily and quickly change the application in which the communication card is placed ° Referring next to FIG. 21. Figure 21 provides a perspective view of the communication card indicated at 34. The size and structure of the communication card 34〇 follows pCMCIA (also known as "--I ---- illf----- IIII« 1 — (Please read the note of 1r. page)

.^1 ^1 ϋ n Bi I r:sifwr π-·;;-. ^ 1 ^ 1 Bi n Bi I r: sifwr π- · ;;-

456073 A7 _________ B7 五、發明說明(31) 卡)類型IB標準。一 PCMCIA類型111卡之高度仍不足以容許 標準RJ-xx系列揷座安裝於其內。於於圖21所例示之通訊 卡340,一 T形切除部32 8從通訊卡34 0之罩殼被移出。該T 形切除部328容納揷頭10上呈現之偏斜夾12與突脊18〇該T 形切除部328之形狀嚙合偏斜夾12與突脊18,以保持揷頭 1〇於定位〇 圖21所示爲二個挿座,各以326總體指示。最 好,挿座32 6之一者爲八個導線之RJ-45挿座,其爲某些電 腦網路標準所需要,而揷座3 26之另一者爲RJ-11挿座〇如 於各圖中可看到,尤其於圖21,PCMCIA類型111之PC卡340 包括一上表面350與一下表面352, 其形成通訊卡340之罩 殼之一部分。又於圖21所示爲一連接器338,其可用以連 接至另一通訊裝置(類似於有關圖2〇所例示連接器336所 述方式),如業界所已知〇 其次將參考圖21A,其顯示圖21所示所有構造,而包 含一蓋312,其遮蔽該T形切除部328與挿座326〇 蓋342最 好爲薄膜片狀材料,其附著於或整合於上表面。該蓋最好 可由具有厚度範圍從約0.001吋至約0.050吋厚之材料製造 ,使卡340保特順從或實質順從相關PCMCIA卡之實體厚度 標準〇 由一彈性材料製造蓋3 4 2亦屬本發明範圍內。再者 ,蓋之構造可跨坐於PC卡340之整個上表面3S0,或只 爲該上表面350之一部分,視對本發明之特殊應用被認爲 最佳者〇 其次將參考圖22 〇圖22爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之透 視圖,其以括號351整體指示。該通訊卡351之尺寸與構造 本紙張尺度適用中國®家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 (請先閲讀背面之注$項再填寓本頁) --------訂——456073 A7 _________ B7 V. Description of Invention (31) Card) Type IB Standard. A PCMCIA type 111 card is still not high enough to allow standard RJ-xx series sockets to be installed in it. In the communication card 340 illustrated in FIG. 21, a T-shaped cutout portion 328 is removed from the cover of the communication card 340. The T-shaped cutout 328 receives the skewed clip 12 and the ridge 18 present on the hoe 10. The shape of the T-shaped cutout 328 engages the skewed clip 12 and the ridge 18 to keep the hoe 10 in position 21 shows two sockets, each with an overall indication of 326. Preferably, one of the sockets 32 to 6 is an eight-wire RJ-45 socket, which is required by some computer network standards, and the other of the sockets 3 to 26 is an RJ-11 socket. As shown in the figures It can be seen that, particularly in FIG. 21, the PC card 340 of the PCMCIA type 111 includes an upper surface 350 and a lower surface 352, which form a part of the housing of the communication card 340. Also shown in FIG. 21 is a connector 338 that can be used to connect to another communication device (similar to the way described for the connector 336 illustrated in FIG. 20), as known in the industry. Second, reference will be made to FIG. 21A, It shows all the structures shown in FIG. 21, and includes a cover 312, which shields the T-shaped cut-out portion 328 and the socket 3260 cover 342, which is preferably a thin film sheet material, which is attached to or integrated on the upper surface. The cover is preferably made of a material having a thickness ranging from about 0.001 inches to about 0.050 inches thick, so that the card 340 is compliant or substantially compliant with the physical thickness standard of the relevant PCMCIA card. The cover is made of an elastic material 3 4 2 Within the scope of the invention. Furthermore, the cover structure can sit on the entire upper surface 3S0 of the PC card 340, or only a part of the upper surface 350. Depending on the particular application of the present invention, it is considered to be the best. Second, reference will be made to FIG. 22 and FIG. 22 For a perspective view of another communication card according to the present invention, it is indicated as a whole by brackets 351. The size and structure of the communication card 351 The paper size is applicable to China® Home Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 (please read the note on the back before filling in this page) -------- Order— —

It I* n i i 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作杜印製 45 60 73 A7 ____ B7 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费&quot;ΐ土 五、發明說叼(32) 最好依循PCMCIA (亦稱爲PC卡)類型ffl檫準〇 該通訊卡 351具有多個RJ-jcx系列挿座358A-C,其各設有一樞轉蓋, 其一者子362指示。該樞轉蓋362如圖22所示對揷銷364樞 轉〇 通訊卡351包括二主要組件,——^本體351B與一連接 器罩殼3δ1Αο本文以下所述本發明之許多具體形式將具有 相似構造,而現所提供之說明將適用於所有具相似構造之 具體形式。卡本體351Β包括一前端3 70,其依據PCMCIA標 準提供連接器揷座〇連接器罩殼351A提供所需之實體/電 組件,連接至一或多個通訊線路。譬如,連接器罩殼351A 包括RJ-xx系列挿座358A-C與一輔助連接器,以359整體指 示,其最好爲一連接器,可適合聯結到一無線通訊裝置, 譬如一遵照GSM (全球行動通訊系統)通訊標準之可攜式 電信裝置。連接器罩殼351A最好亦包括例如前述之DAA組 件與其他執行相似功能者〇 連接器罩殼351 A可從卡本體351 B移出,而當連接器罩 殼351A受損壞,使用者需要另一 DAA,及/或需要不同之 連接器時,可以另外之連接器罩殼351A更換。又將體會到 於圖22所例示之卡本體351 B與連接器罩殼351 A之配置提供 有利之條件,縱使組件之分布不同於本文所述較佳者,譬 如若DAA位於卡本體351B,而非位於連接器罩殼351A。 仍參考圖22,要於卡本體351B與連接器罩殼351A之間 提供一可靠之配對,當連接器罩殼351A與卡本體351B配對 時,一母部分353B承接一公部分353A 〇再者,提供卡本體 C锖先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁). 1二.1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS》A4規格(210 X 297 g &gt;It I * nii Shellfish Consumer Cooperation, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Du Duan 45 60 73 A7 ____ B7 Consumer Expenditure, Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs &quot; Earthly, V. Invention Theory (32) It is best to follow PCMCIA (also known as PC card) type ffl. The communication card 351 has a plurality of RJ-jcx series sockets 358A-C, each of which is provided with a pivot cover, and one of which is indicated by 362. The pivot cover 362 is pivoted on the pin 364 as shown in FIG. 22. The communication card 351 includes two main components, namely, the main body 351B and a connector housing 3δ1Α. Many specific forms of the present invention described below will be similar Construction, and the instructions provided now will apply to all concrete forms with similar constructions. The card body 351B includes a front end 3 70, which provides a connector pedestal according to the PCMCIA standard. The connector housing 351A provides the required physical / electrical components to connect to one or more communication lines. For example, the connector housing 351A includes RJ-xx series sockets 358A-C and an auxiliary connector, indicated by 359 as a whole. It is preferably a connector, which can be suitable for connection to a wireless communication device. For example, a GSM (Global Mobile telecommunications system) a portable telecommunication device with a communication standard. The connector housing 351A preferably also includes, for example, the aforementioned DAA assembly and other similar functions. The connector housing 351 A can be removed from the card body 351 B. When the connector housing 351A is damaged, the user needs another DAA, and / or a different connector can be replaced with another connector housing 351A. You will also realize that the configuration of the card body 351 B and the connector cover 351 A illustrated in FIG. 22 provides favorable conditions, even if the component distribution is different from the better one described in this article, for example, if the DAA is located in the card body 351B, and Not in the connector housing 351A. Still referring to FIG. 22, to provide a reliable pairing between the card body 351B and the connector cover 351A, when the connector cover 351A and the card body 351B are paired, a female portion 353B receives a male portion 353A. Furthermore, Provide the card body C (read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). 1.2.1 This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 g &gt;

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作法印S 456073 a? _____B7___五、發明說明(33) 351B與連接器罩殼351 A間通訊之電連接器之構造包含一連 接器挿座354B與一連接器揷頭354A, 進一步提高卡本體 3δ1Β與連接器罩殼351A間之實體及電連接。二弾簧指部 356Β由凹部所承接,其一以356Α表示,進一步將卡本體 361 Β與連接器罩殼351Α固定在一起〇要體會到圖22所例示 之構造,:與本文所述其他圖形只爲示範性,而許多不词之 連接器構造可於本發明範圍內被使用〇 當連接器罩殼351Α與卡本體351Β接合在一起,且通訊 卡351被承接至一計算機裝置內時,經由一通訊線路例如 所示連接至RJ挿頭10者之通訊將備妥發生〇 —例如以362 表示之樞轉蓋被提供至RJ-xx系列挿座358A-C之各者。該 RJ-xX^列挿座358A-C可被製造爲承接任一RJ-xx系列挿頭 ,例如RJ-11、RJ-12、及RJ-45揷頭。當樞轉蓋爲於閉合 位匱時,連接器罩殼351 A之組件爲被保護,而通訊卡351 之整個長度被減少。當樞轉蓋,譬如樞轉蓋3 62 »以箭頭 360之方向移動時,RJ挿頭10可被挿入樞轉蓋36 2所形成之 凹部內〇—突出部366嚙合該偏斜夾12,並使多個彈簧導 線368與挿入其內之RJ揷頭10之對應觸點保持電接觸。 業界技術熟練人員將可迅即達成很多替代構造,其使 用本文所述及業界已知之資訊,得以提供連接器罩殼351A 與卡本體351 B所需之電功能。如此,當樞轉蓋362如圖22 所例示爲開啓時,一RJ挿頭挿入其內,而藉由一通訊線路 可發生有效率之通訊〇 其次將參考圖22A,其爲另一 RJ-XX系列挿座之詳細透 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297^1 j ' (婧先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 5 60 73 A7 ___ B7 經濟部智慧財產局員乍t 五、發明說明(34) 視圖,以355A整體指示,其包括一樞轉蓋355B〇業界技術 熟練人員所了解,揷座355 A可迅即取代圖22所示之相關構 造。於圖22A,樞轉蓋355B業經降至一操作位置,其中 RJ-xx系列揷頭(未示於圖22A)可被承接於該挿座355A內 〇當樞g蓋35δΒ爲於其操作位置時,電觸點365A及B爲備 妥承接R;J-XX系列挿頭所設置之對應觸點〇 其次將參考圖22B,以對圖22 A所示構造提供進一步之 資訊。圖22B爲圖22A所示挿座之立面、側視剖面圖,顯示 該樞轉蓋於其操作位置,備妥承接一RJ-xx系列挿頭。該 樞轉蓋355B對樞點355C旋轉,其介於圖22C所示操作位置 與朝向一閉合位置之移動之間,其示於圖2 2D如箭頭367 A 所建議。將體會到圖22D顯示該樞轉蓋355 B介於其閉合位 置與其開啓位置之間,而該樞轉蓋可以箭頭3 6 7A方向達到 一完全閉合位置〇 當樞轉蓋3 5 5B於其操作位置時,樞轉蓋355B之側壁導 引一RJ-xx系列揷頭與電觸點365A及B成嚙合接觸,使於挿 入其內之RJ-xx系列揷頭與安裝該挿座355A之通訊卡之間 完成一適當之電路。爲可靠地握持系列挿頭於其適 當位置,於圖22 A所示爲於操作位置之樞轉底座357 〇 如參考圖22A之清楚說明,該樞轉底座3 5 7握持RJ-xx 系列挿頭之偏斜夾12 (見圖1),使11&lt;1-%3:系列挿頭與電觸 點365A及B成穩固嚙合。設置於樞轉底座357之開孔357B ( 圖22A &gt;之形狀嚙合RJ挿頭本體偏斜夾12上形成之突脊18 (突脊18可於圖2清楚見到)〇 — — — — — — — — — — — c請先閱讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 雲1一一:璧 本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消ft乍土,ρϊ 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 __B7___ 五、發明說明(35) 圖22B顯示該樞轉底座3δ7旋轉之樞點375A〇 於圖22B ,所示樞轉底座357爲於操作位置(如圖22A所示),而所 示樞轉底座爲於357D之部份閉合位置〇 —偏轉機構例如圖 22E所示之弾簧369 ,最好環繞樞點357A安裝,以偏轉該樞 轉底座357至圖22D箭頭36·7Β所示位置。環繞樞點355C可安 裝一替代偏轉機構》以適當偏轉該樞轉蓋355Β 〇 圖22C提供樞轉蓋355Β與樞轉底座357於操作位置之側 視圖。圖22D同樣提供樞轉蓋355Β與樞轉底座357之側視圖 ,其等分別以箭頭367Α及367Β之方向被移向閉合之收藏位 置0 藉由本發明於本文所述之許多具體形式,圖22 Α-Ε所 例示之本發明具體形式提供有利之構造,其輕易地對一標 準RJ-xx系列挿頭作成穩固之連接,其較其他構造需要更 少之通訊卡空間(與圖21所示通訊卡上下表面內之空間量 ,其爲容納RJ-xx系列挿頭之構造所需要者),使通訊卡 內之額外空間可致力於施行通訊功能所需之電路〇再者, 當於其等之閉合收藏位置時,圖22 Α-Ε所示之構造,實質 上遵照PCMCIA/PC卡之實體尺寸限制。更者,當圖22Α-Ε所 示構造爲於其等之閉合收藏位置時,防止相關構造免受損 害與破裂〇 其次將參考圖23。圖23爲另一通訊卡之透視圖,其以 括號37 4整體指示。通訊卡37 4包括許多有關圖22所例示通 訊卡351所述之構造。如此,於有關圖23所示之通訊卡374 ,只有不同及/或額外之構造會加以討論〇 本紙m尺度遙用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ll-ssgl 4 5 60 73 A7 一_-__B7_____ 五、發明說明(36) 如圖23所示,一卡本體374B與一連接器罩殼374A包含 於通訊中卡374內。連接器罩殼3?4A包圍三個iu_xx系列挿 座,其包含於滑動抽屜內,以376 A-C整體指示。滑動抽屜 376A-C各包括一抽屜前板,其一者示於378,與一抽屜側 板,示於38〇〇於抽屜側板380上設有抽屉突脊,其—者示 於380A,’·後者爲用以容許滑動抽屜縮入與伸出連接器罩殼 3 74 A之一構造範例。當滑動抽屜376A-C於其閉合位置時, 連接器罩殼374A之內部組件被保護免受損害與汚染〇 如於圖23之滑動抽屜376A所示,當一 RJ揷頭10被連接 時,滑動抽屜378從連接器罩殼374A伸出,而RJ挿頭1〇以 如圖23所示角度方向挿入其內。當RJ挿頭1〇揷入其內時, 滑動抽屜3*76A-C包括握持該BJ挿頭10於較佳角度方向之構 造〇當11«1挿頭10被承接於滑動抽屜376A內時,一偏斜夾12 嚙合一突出部384, 後者握持RJ挿頭1〇之電觸點與滑動抽 屜376A內以38 2所示之多個導線成連續性。業界技術熟練 人員將迅即得以達成許多不同構造,其使用本文所述與業 界已知資訊提供由連接器罩殼374A與卡本體374B所施行之 電功能。當通訊卡3 74未被使用時,所有滑動抽屜37 6 A-C 被閉合,而連接器罩殼374 A之組件被保護免於受損害,而 通訊卡374之整個長度最好且實質上爲於PCMCIA類型III之 標準內〇理想上*如同本文所述本發明其他具體形式之情 形,從通訊線路攜載電流之組件被保護免與周圍環境之構 造接觸,如此防止各觸點免於不當短路在一起或短路接地 或傳輸電流至人體〇 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4_規格(210 X 297 (請先閲讀背面之注§項再填寫本頁) 訂---Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Sheller Consumer Cooperation Law S 456073 a? _____B7___ V. Description of the Invention (33) The structure of the electrical connector for communication between 351B and the connector housing 351 A includes a connector socket 354B and a connector. The head 354A further improves the physical and electrical connection between the card body 3δ1B and the connector cover 351A. The second spring finger 356B is received by the recess, one of which is represented by 356A, and further fixes the card body 361 Β and the connector housing 351A together. To appreciate the structure illustrated in FIG. 22: and other graphics described in this article It is only exemplary, and many unspoken connector structures can be used within the scope of the present invention. When the connector cover 351A and the card body 351B are joined together, and the communication card 351 is received in a computer device, A communication line such as the one shown to connect to the RJ plug 10 will be ready for communication to occur—for example, a pivot cover denoted by 362 is provided to each of the RJ-xx series sockets 358A-C. The RJ-xX ^ series sockets 358A-C can be manufactured to accept any RJ-xx series plug, such as RJ-11, RJ-12, and RJ-45 steamer. When the pivot cover is closed, the components of the connector cover 351 A are protected, and the entire length of the communication card 351 is reduced. When the pivoting cover, such as the pivoting cover 3 62 »moves in the direction of arrow 360, the RJ plug 10 can be inserted into the recess formed by the pivoting cover 36 2. The protruding portion 366 engages the deflection clip 12 and makes The plurality of spring wires 368 maintain electrical contact with corresponding contacts of the RJ head 10 inserted therein. Those skilled in the art will soon be able to achieve many alternative configurations, using the information described herein and known in the industry, to provide the electrical functions required by the connector housing 351A and the card body 351 B. In this way, when the pivot cover 362 is opened as illustrated in FIG. 22, an RJ plug is inserted therein, and efficient communication can occur through a communication line. Secondly, refer to FIG. 22A, which is another RJ-XX series The detailed specifications of the socket are applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 ^ 1 j '(Jing first, please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 4 5 60 73 A7 ___ B7 Member of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs At first, the description of the invention (34) is shown in 355A as a whole, which includes a pivot cover 355B. As understood by those skilled in the industry, the stent 355 A can quickly replace the related structure shown in Figure 22. In Figure 22A, The pivot cover 355B has been lowered to an operating position, of which RJ-xx series hoe (not shown in Figure 22A) can be received in the socket 355A. When the pivot g cover 35δB is in its operating position, the electrical contact 365A And B are ready to accept R; the corresponding contacts provided by the J-XX series plugs. Secondly, reference will be made to Figure 22B to provide further information on the structure shown in Figure 22 A. Figure 22B is the elevation of the socket shown in Figure 22A And side sectional view, showing the pivot cover in its operating position, ready to accept An RJ-xx series plug. The pivot cover 355B rotates to the pivot point 355C, which is between the operating position shown in FIG. 22C and the movement toward a closed position, which is shown in FIG. 2 2D as suggested by arrow 367 A. It will be appreciated that FIG. 22D shows that the pivot cover 355 B is between its closed position and its open position, and the pivot cover can reach a fully closed position in the direction of arrow 3 6 7A. When the pivot cover 3 5 5B is in operation When in position, the side wall of the pivoting cover 355B guides an RJ-xx series hoe into electrical contact with the electrical contacts 365A and B, so that the RJ-xx series hoe inserted into it and the communication card installed with the socket 355A In order to reliably hold the series plug in its proper position, the pivot base 357 in the operating position is shown in FIG. 22A. As shown clearly in FIG. 22A, the pivot base 3 5 7 Hold the deflection clip 12 of the RJ-xx series plug (see Figure 1), so that 11 &lt; 1-% 3: the series plug and the electrical contacts 365A and B are firmly engaged. The opening 357B provided in the pivot base 357 ( Fig. 22A &gt; The ridge 18 formed on the slanted clip 12 of the RJ plug body (the ridge 18 can be clearly seen in Fig. 2) ) 〇— — — — — — — — — — — c Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Cloud 1-11: 璧 This paper size is applicable to National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 The work of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Pak, ft. 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 __B7___ V. Description of the invention (35) Figure 22B shows the pivot point 375A of the pivot base 3δ7. The pivot shown in Figure 22B is shown in Figure 22B. The base 357 is in the operating position (as shown in FIG. 22A), and the pivot base shown is a partially closed position at 357D. The deflection mechanism, such as the spring 369 shown in FIG. 22E, is preferably installed around the pivot point 357A. To deflect the pivot base 357 to the position shown by arrow 36 · 7B in FIG. 22D. An alternative deflection mechanism may be installed around the pivot point 355C to properly deflect the pivot cover 355B. Figure 22C provides a side view of the pivot cover 355B and the pivot base 357 in the operating position. FIG. 22D also provides a side view of the pivot cover 355B and the pivot base 357, which are moved to the closed storage position in the directions of arrows 367A and 367B, respectively. With many specific forms of the invention described herein, FIG. 22A The specific form of the invention exemplified by E provides an advantageous structure, which can easily make a stable connection to a standard RJ-xx series plug, which requires less communication card space than other structures (up and down with the communication card shown in FIG. 21). The amount of space in the surface is required to accommodate the structure of the RJ-xx series plugs), so that the extra space in the communication card can be devoted to the circuits required for the communication function. Furthermore, when it is in its closed storage position At this time, the structure shown in FIG. 22A-E substantially complies with the physical size limitation of the PCMCIA / PC card. Furthermore, when the structure shown in Figs. 22A-E is in its closed storage position, the related structure is prevented from being damaged and broken. Next, Fig. 23 will be referred to. Fig. 23 is a perspective view of another communication card, which is indicated as a whole by parentheses 374. The communication card 374 includes many of the configurations described with respect to the communication card 351 illustrated in FIG. Therefore, in the communication card 374 shown in FIG. 23, only different and / or additional structures will be discussed. The paper m-scale remote use Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 &lt; please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page again for details) ll-ssgl 4 5 60 73 A7 A _-__ B7_____ V. Description of the Invention (36) As shown in FIG. 23, a card body 374B and a connector cover 374A are included in the communication card 374. The connector housing 3 ~ 4A surrounds three iu_xx series sockets, which are contained in a sliding drawer, indicated as a whole by 376 A-C. Each of the sliding drawers 376A-C includes a drawer front plate, one of which is shown at 378, and a drawer side plate, which is shown at 3800. A drawer ridge is provided on the drawer side plate 380, one of which is shown at 380A, and the latter An example of a construction to allow the sliding drawer to retract and extend out of the connector housing 3 74 A. When the sliding drawer 376A-C is in its closed position, the internal components of the connector housing 374A are protected from damage and contamination. As shown in the sliding drawer 376A of FIG. 23, when an RJ head 10 is connected, it slides The drawer 378 protrudes from the connector cover 374A, and the RJ plug 10 is inserted therein at an angle as shown in FIG. 23. When the RJ plug 10 is inserted into it, the sliding drawer 3 * 76A-C includes a structure that holds the BJ plug 10 at a better angle. When the 11 «1 plug 10 is received in the sliding drawer 376A, it is biased. The oblique clip 12 engages a protruding portion 384, which holds the electrical contacts of the RJ plug 10 and is continuous with a plurality of wires shown in 38 2 in the sliding drawer 376A. Those skilled in the art will soon be able to achieve many different configurations that use the information described herein and industry known information to provide the electrical functions performed by the connector housing 374A and the card body 374B. When the communication card 3 74 is not in use, all sliding drawers 37 6 AC are closed, and the components of the connector housing 374 A are protected from damage, and the entire length of the communication card 374 is the best and substantially PCMCIA Within the standards of type III. Ideally * as in the case of other specific forms of the invention described herein, components carrying current from communication lines are protected from contact with the surrounding structure, thus preventing the contacts from being improperly shorted together. Or short-circuit to ground or transmit current to the human body. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4_ specifications (210 X 297 (please read the note § on the back before filling this page). Order ---

My. 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消#合作it中k 45 6073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印软 B7_ 五、發明說明(37) 其次將參考圖23AO圖23 A爲依據本發明一通訊卡之局 部透視圖》 其具有多個RJ-χχ系列挿座位於一滑動抽屜內 •以377整體指示,設於通訊卡之一端,而所示滑動抽屜 377爲於伸出之操作組態。 通訊卡37 4最好可包括於有關圖22所例示通訊卡351所 述之許多組件。如此,於有關圖23A-C所示之通訊卡3 74, 只有不同及/或額外之構造會加以討論〇 ^ 如圖23A所示,一以377整體指示之滑動抽屜設有二 RJ-xx系列挿座,分別以383A 383B整體指示〇 滑動抽雁 377包括一抽屜本體377 0與二揷座凹槽37以與37 78〇)抽屜 本體377C以箭頭379所示方向滑入與滑出該通訊卡。將體 會到挿座凹槽爲凹部裝置之一較佳配置,而任何具握持揷 頭功能之構造被視爲在本發明範圍之內,其爲有關圖23A-C所示之本發明具體形式與本文所呈現所有其他具體形式 二者〇 又於圖23 A所示爲一底座381〇 該底座381設有二個開 孔381A及B0底座381將KJ-xx系列挿頭之偏斜夾12(見圖l )握持於適當位置,使RJ-ΧΧ系列揷頭與電觸點385穩固嚙 合。底座381包括開孔381 A&amp;Bo設置於底座381之開孔381 A 及B之形狀容許於偏斜夾12上形成之突脊18被嚙合,使挿 頭之電觸點與電觸點385穩固地電接觸,如此提供對其他 通訊組件之電連續性◦一彈簧389爲以適當方向偏轉底座 381之作用裝置之較佳構造。要了解該彈簧389與本文有關 本文所發表所有具體形式之所述所有其他彈簧及活動鉸鏈 -------------^裝------.丨丨訂--------- (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本黃) -1 I I 1 - .P 〒一ιίί_,:· 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 ^) 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合阼申&amp; ___;_ B7____五、發明說明&lt; 38) 爲在本發明範圍內作用爲偏轉裝置之構造之範例〇 所述構造仍提供穩固之電連接,如同本文所述其他構 造,當需要移除時,揷頭之輕易移動爲可能。底座381環 繞轉點3 88A與388B (見圖23C)樞轉〇 圖23A顯示抽屜37*7於其伸出之操作位置。圖2W顯示 抽屜377之部份透通透視圖,其爲於一閉合之收藏組態〇 當於閉合收藏位置時,抽屜377最好完全適合於PCMCIA/PC 卡標準之厚度與長度限制內•而更好於pc卡類型ω之厚度 (即完全適合於通訊卡之上表面與下表面之間)與長度標 準內〇 使用者可迅即以箭頭379所示方向伸出與縮入抽屜 377。當抽屜377於其閉合之收藏位置時,連接器組件被保 護免受損害與汚染。最好安裝圖23A-C所示構造之通訊卡 之整體長度最好且實質上在一或多個PCMCIA標準之內,譬 如類型IB標準。理想上,如同本文所述其他具體形式之情 形,從通訊線路攜載電流之組件被保護不與周圍環境構造 接觸,如此防止觸點不當短路在一起或短路接地或傳輸電 流至λ體〇 再參考圖23Α, 當RJ系列揷頭10要被連接至通訊卡時 ,抽屜377從通訊卡伸出,而RJ-xx系列揷頭1〇被承接於挿 座凹槽377 Α與377Β各者之內。挿座凹槽377Α與377Β握持 β·ί-χχ系列挿頭於抽屜377上正確側邊位置,而底座381使 RJ-xX系列挿頭保持於揷座凹槽內,且靠於電觸點385〇 圖23C爲一解透視圖,顯示圖23A-B所示組件內部配置 之大部份〇如圖23C清楚顯示,底座381環繞旋轉之樞點 i!i I「裝 i I I . ...7... {請先閲讀^面之注意事項再填寫本頁}My.Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bei Gong Xiao #Cooperative It 45k, 6073 A7 Intellectual Property Bureau, Consumers' Cooperative, Printing Soft B7_ Ministry of Economy, Intellectual Property, B7_ V. Description of the Invention (37) Secondly, please refer to FIG. 23AO and FIG. 23A as a communication according to the present invention. Partial perspective view of the card "It has a plurality of RJ-χχ series sockets located in a sliding drawer. The overall indication is 377, which is set at one end of the communication card, and the sliding drawer 377 is shown in the extended configuration. The communication card 37 4 may preferably include many of the components described in connection with the communication card 351 illustrated in FIG. 22. Thus, in the communication card 3 74 shown in FIGS. 23A-C, only different and / or additional structures will be discussed. As shown in FIG. 23A, a sliding drawer indicated by 377 as a whole is provided with two RJ-xx series The sockets are generally indicated by 383A and 383B, respectively. The sliding drawing 377 includes a drawer body 377 0 and a two-slot recess 37 to 37 78). The drawer body 377C slides in and out of the communication card in the direction shown by arrow 379. It will be appreciated that the socket groove is a preferred configuration of the recessed device, and any structure with a hoe-holding function is considered to be within the scope of the present invention, which is related to the specific form of the invention shown in Figs. 23A-C and All other specific forms presented in this article are shown in Figure 23A. A base 381 is provided in the base 381. The base 381 is provided with two openings 381A and a B0 base. The deflection clip 12 of the KJ-xx series plug (see figure). l) Hold it in place to make the RJ-XX series hoe and the electric contact 385 firmly mesh. The base 381 includes openings 381 A & Bo The openings 381 A and B provided in the base 381 are shaped to allow the ridges 18 formed on the deflection clip 12 to be engaged, so that the electrical contacts of the plug and the electrical contacts 385 are stably Electrical contact, so as to provide electrical continuity to other communication components. A spring 389 is a better structure for the device that deflects the base 381 in the proper direction. To understand that the spring 389 is related to this article, all other springs and living hinges described in all the specific forms published in this article ------------- ^ install ------. ------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this book) -1 II 1-.P 〒 一 ιίί _ ,: · This paper size is applicable to the National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) ^) 456073 A7 Shellfish Consumption Application for the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs &amp;___; _ B7____ V. Description of the invention &lt; 38) is an example of a structure that functions as a deflection device within the scope of the present invention. The structure described is still provided The stable electrical connection, like the other constructions described herein, makes it easy to move the hoe when it needs to be removed. The base 381 is pivoted around the pivot points 3 88A and 388B (see Fig. 23C). Fig. 23A shows the drawer 37 * 7 in its extended operating position. Figure 2W shows a partially transparent perspective view of the drawer 377, which is in a closed storage configuration. When in the closed storage position, the drawer 377 is preferably fully adapted to the thickness and length limits of the PCMCIA / PC card standard. Better than the thickness of the PC card type ω (that is completely suitable for the upper and lower surfaces of the communication card) and the length standard. The user can quickly extend and retract the drawer 377 in the direction shown by the arrow 379. When drawer 377 is in its closed storage position, the connector assembly is protected from damage and contamination. The overall length of the communication card of the configuration shown in Figs. 23A-C is preferably the best and substantially within one or more of the PCMCIA standards, such as Type IB standards. Ideally, as is the case with other specific forms described in this article, components carrying current from communication lines are protected from contact with the surrounding structure, thus preventing the contacts from improperly shorting together or shorting to ground or transmitting current to the λ body. In FIG. 23A, when the RJ series hoe 10 is to be connected to the communication card, the drawer 377 protrudes from the communication card, and the RJ-xx series hoe 10 is received in each of the socket grooves 377 A and 377B. Socket grooves 377A and 377B hold the β · ί-χχ series plugs on the correct side of the drawer 377, and the base 381 keeps the RJ-xX series plugs in the recess of the socket and rests on the electrical contacts 385. Figure 23C is an exploded perspective view showing most of the internal configuration of the components shown in Figs. 23A-B. As clearly shown in Fig. 23C, the base 381 pivots around the pivot point i! I I, "install i II ... ... 7 .. . {Please read ^ Notes before filling in this page}

n at ai I 訂---- ϋ n β— t τ&gt;· slitn at ai I order ---- ϋ n β- t τ &gt; · slit

ncE 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 456073 A7 _B7___五、發明說明(39) 388A及B爲挿經底座381之開孔而進入抽屜本體37 7C之開孔 〇 如圖23C清楚顯示,抽屜本體377C爲支承於電路板386 上。抽屜本體377C於箭頭379方向之移動爲由一導軌構造 3 87所導引。一偏轉機構設置於導軌構造38·7上,例如一活 動鉸鏈387A, 其偏轉抽屜本體383A朝向圖23A所示其開啓 操作位置。止擋387B設置於導軌構造387上,使抽屜本體 3 77C行進正確之距離到通訊卡外,並使抽屜本體觸點38 5 a 及B碰觸電路板觸點386 A及B,使發生完全之電聯絡。 如有關本發明其他具體形式所述,圔23 A-C之本發明 具體形式容許快速與輕易地連接通訊挿頭,並當通訊卡不 使用時亦容許方便之收藏。當通訊卡不使用時,圖23A-C 所例示之相關組件被保護免受損害,且通訊卡之整體長度 最好且實質上爲於PCMCIA/PC卡之標準內,例如PCMCIA類 型ffl標準〇又,如同本文所述其他具體形式之情形,從通 訊線路攜載電流之組件被保護免與周圍環境之構造接觸, 如此防止觸點不當短路在一起或短路接地或傳輸電流至人 類。 其次將參考圖24A說明本發明範圍內另一通訊卡,其 以3 90整體指示。圖24 A爲通訊卡39 0之透視圖,其包括多 個RJ-xx系列挿座,放置於滑動抽屜,該滑動抽屜以394A-C整體指示,滑動抽屜394A-C各者設有一可移動之底部400 ,其功能爲保護電導線398免與周圍環境接觸〇 —卡本體 392最好包括提供使用者需求通訊功能所需之組件,且其 ί晴先明讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 456073 Α7 _ Β7 五、發明說明(40) 可由業界技術熟練人員使用本文所述資訊並使用業界可迅 即獲得之資訊加以達成〇 如圖20清楚顯示,其爲沿圖24A之直線24B-24B所截 取之剖面圖,滑動抽屜394A-C之構造各包括一可移動之底 部4〇0 〇圖24B顯示該可移動底部400於箭頭402之方向移動 ’當無挿頭呈現時保護電導線398,當RJ挿頭被承接於 凹部內時該可移動底部400之位置,當RJ揷頭被承接於其 內時,其二者於圖24A以396A&amp;B指示〇 檢視圖24 A將體會到凹部396 A及B包括例如突出部393 A 及B之構造,嚙合RJ挿頭之偏斜夾。又於圖2 4 A顯示,該可 移動底部400最好包括一斜面404,當滑動抽屜394 A-C移入 其等縮入位置時’促使該可移動底部400移向一上方位置 Ο 其次將參考圖24C-E說明一替代具體形式,其可以類 似圖24A及B所例示具體形式之方式被使用〇 圖24C爲滑動 抽屜405之底部之另一較佳配置之透視圖,其類似圖24 示者〇該滑動抽屜底部4〇5包括一中央開口,當RJ-XX系列 挿頭使用時爲挿入其內〇滑動抽屜底部4〇5亦包括一活動 鉸鏈405B,其功能爲將滑動抽屜底部405向上推動,容許 抽屜之縮入,除非一RJ-xx系列挿頭挿入於其內。圖24D提 供一透視圖,顯示二滑動抽屜總成,分別以4〇7A與4〇7B整 體指示,於電路板414上適當位置。二滑動抽屜總成40 7A 與4 07B之各者包括一上抽屜部,分別爲4〇8A&amp;B,其於伸出 操作位置與縮入收藏位置(例示於圖24D)之間滑動,如 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 %) &lt;諳先M讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) i 丨!!丨訂·! 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製ncE This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Off-line Consumer Cooperative) 456073 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention (39) 388A and B are openings inserted through the base 381 As shown in Figure 23C, the drawer body 377C is supported on the circuit board 386. The movement of the drawer body 377C in the direction of arrow 379 is guided by a rail structure 3 87. A deflection mechanism Provided on the rail structure 38 · 7, such as a living hinge 387A, which deflects the drawer body 383A toward its open operation position as shown in Fig. 23A. A stop 387B is provided on the rail structure 387 so that the drawer body 3 77C travels the correct distance to Outside the communication card, the drawer body contacts 38 5 a and B contact the circuit board contacts 386 A and B, so that complete electrical communication occurs. As described in other specific forms of the invention, the invention of 圔 23 AC is specific The form allows the communication plug to be connected quickly and easily, and allows convenient storage when the communication card is not in use. When the communication card is not in use, the related components illustrated in Figures 23A-C are protected from damage, The overall length of the communication card is the best and is essentially within the standard of the PCMCIA / PC card, such as the PCMCIA type ffl standard. Also, as in other specific forms described herein, components carrying current from the communication line are protected from The structure of the surrounding environment is in contact, thus preventing the contacts from being improperly shorted together or shorted to ground or transmitting current to humans. Next, another communication card within the scope of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 24A, which is indicated as a whole by 90. FIG. 24A is communication A perspective view of the card 39 0, which includes a plurality of RJ-xx series sockets, which are placed in a sliding drawer. The sliding drawer is generally indicated by 394A-C. Each of the sliding drawers 394A-C is provided with a movable bottom 400. Its function is Protect the electrical wire 398 from contact with the surrounding environment. The card body 392 should preferably include the components required to provide the user's communication function, and read the precautions on the back first before filling out this page.) This paper size applies to China. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 456073 Α7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (40) The information described in this article can be used by skilled technical personnel in the industry and can be obtained immediately using the industry The information is achieved. As shown clearly in FIG. 20, it is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 24B-24B of FIG. 24A. The structure of the sliding drawers 394A-C each includes a movable bottom 40,000. FIG. 24B shows the Move the bottom 400 in the direction of the arrow 402 'to protect the electric wire 398 when no plug is present, the position of the movable bottom 400 when the RJ plug is received in the recess, when the RJ hoe is received in it, the second In FIG. 24A, 396A & B is indicated. The inspection view 24A will realize that the recesses 396 A and B include structures such as the protrusions 393 A and B, which engage the deflection clips of the RJ plug. Also shown in FIG. 2A, the movable bottom 400 preferably includes a beveled surface 404. When the sliding drawer 394 AC moves into its retracted position, 'the movable bottom 400 is moved to an upper position 0. Next, refer to FIG. 24C. -E illustrates an alternative specific form that can be used in a manner similar to the specific form illustrated in Figures 24A and B. Figure 24C is a perspective view of another preferred configuration of the bottom of the sliding drawer 405, which is similar to that shown in Figure 24. The bottom of the sliding drawer 405 includes a central opening. When the RJ-XX series plug is used, it is inserted into it. The bottom of the sliding drawer 405 also includes a living hinge 405B. Its function is to push the bottom of the sliding drawer 405 upwards, allowing the drawer. It is retracted unless an RJ-xx series plug is inserted into it. FIG. 24D provides a perspective view showing two sliding drawer assemblies, which are collectively indicated at 407A and 407B, respectively, at appropriate positions on the circuit board 414. Each of the two sliding drawer assemblies 40 7A and 4 07B includes an upper drawer section, respectively, 408A &amp; B, which slides between the extended operation position and the retracted storage position (illustrated in FIG. 24D), as shown in this figure. Paper size applies Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297%) &lt; 谙 M read the note on the back before filling in this page) i 丨! !!丨 Order! Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

* *r I 丨 J 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 456073 A7_____B7_____五、發明說叼(4 1) 箭頭406所指示。一導軌41 3功能爲適當放置滑動抽屉407a 及B,並限制其等之行進遠離電路板414〇電信號連續性之 維持爲由二組滑動觸點4〇9A及B與對應之二組之電軌跡 410A及B,部份顯示於圖24D〇又於電路板上提供二電觸點 襯墊亦屬本發明之範圍內,使當滑動抽屜407 A及B於其等 完全伸出位置時,該二組滑動觸點4〇9A及B只達成操作接 觸〇 圖24E爲滑動柚屜之立視剖面端視圖,而一滑動抽屜 爲於其伸出操作位置,具有一 RJ~:xx系列揷頭本體11 挿入其內,及一滑動抽屜407A爲於閉合收藏位置〇於圖 24E之剖面圖可看到活動鉸鏈4〇5B,其可由業界已知之適 當材料作成,並可與抽屜底部4〇5整體作成。藉由活動鉸 鏈405B之作用,抽屜底部405正常爲於滑動抽屜407A之上 方收藏位置,於箭頭411之方向。當RJ-xx系列揷頭本體11 揷入抽屜407B時,於於RJ-xx系列挿頭本體11之觸點20與 滑動抽屜4〇7A所設置之觸點412之間完成電連續性。 如先前有關本發明其他具體形式所探討,圖24C-E所 示構造提供通訊挿頭及當通訊卡不使用時之快速與輕易之 連接。再者,當通訊卡不使用時,相關組件被保護免受損 害,且通訊卡之整體長度最好且實質上在PCMCIA/PC卡標 準之內〇 其次將參考圖2S 〇圖25爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之透 視圖,其以420整體指示。通訊卡420包括多個RJ-xx挿座 ,以422A-C整體指示,各由一對可縮入與伸展之顎夾構成 {請先閲讀背面之注$項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297公$ ) 4 5 6073 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作it印被 五、發明說明(42) ,其二者示於424A及B〇 當於縮入位置時,如fttuxx揷座 422B及C所示,通訊卡420 (包括卡本體420B與連接器罩殼 420 A)實質上遵照PCMCIA類型ffl標準之尺寸需求。包含於 連接器罩殼420 A中爲容許顎夾424A及B以箭頭430之方向伸 出與縮入連接器罩殼351A,並以箭頭432之方向樞轉以及 使顎夾424A及β朝彼此偏轉之構造。 圖25所示RJ挿頭10被承接於顎夾424Α及Β所形@之挿 座422A內,其藉由手動分開顎夾424A及B,並將RJ挿頭10 挿人顎夾424 A及B之間。顎夾424 A及B朝彼此偏轉,如此抓 住其內之KJ挿頭,並握持KJ挿頭之電觸點與顎夾424 A 之導線成連績性,後者之一以428表示。一突出部426嚙合 RJ揷頭10上之偏斜夾,以進一步固定RJ挿頭10於顎夾424A 及B之適當位置。圖25所示構造提供使RJ揷頭10與通訊卡 42 0可輕易連接與脫離,並使通訊卡4 20內之組件包括導線 428被保護離周圍環境〇 圖26 A爲一通訊卡之局部透視圖,以440整體指示,其 包括二不同之連接器,一RJ-h系列挿座,以442整體指示 ,與一輔助連接器,以448整體指示,其最好爲一適合聯 結到無線通訊裝置之連接器,譬如一遵照GSM通訊標準之 可攜式電信裝置,二者皆放置於一可縮入/可伸出之構件 444上。該可縮入/可伸出構件444以伸出位置示於圖 ,並以縮入位置示於圖26B〇業界技術熟練人員可迅即達 成施行構件444之伸出與縮入功能所需包含於通訊卡'440之 構造。包含於通訊卡440之電連接可使用本文所述之資訊 !!1 裝.!一訂·11 C請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) MU. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 B7___ 五、發明說明(43) 並使用業界週知之資訊迅即達成0 &lt;請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 其次將參考圖27〇圖27爲依據本發明一通訊卡之局部 透視圖,以46〇整體指示。通訊卡460包括一可旋轉且可縮 入之構件462。 可旋轉且可縮入之構件462包括三個RJ-XX 系列揷座,以464A-C整體指示〇 RJ-xx系列挿座464A-C各 包括導線,其一部份以466A-C指示,承接RJ-挿頭10之對 應觸點。各RJ-xx系列挿座464A-C包括一突出部470A-C嚙 合RJ揷頭上之偏轉夾,而RJ-xx系列挿座464A-C之尺寸爲 使適當之RJ揷頭緊密承接於其內,如同對本文所述之所有 通訊卡爲較佳者。再者,如對本文所述之其他通訊卡, RJ-xx系列揷座464A-C可被製造爲以承接任何適當之RJ-xx 系列挿頭,譬如挿座464A與454C最好承接一RJ-11挿頭, 而挿座464BA好承接一 RJ-4 5揷頭。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 該可旋轉且可縮入之構件462以箭頭468之方向旋轉, 使於一或多個RJ挿頭經操作性承接於其內後,從RJ揷頭仲 出之電線可朝向一方向,其從圖27所例示之方位起爲90度 (如於462A之虛線影像表示)、180度、270度,或某些中 間方位〇 —供該可旋轉與可縮入構件4 62旋轉之一較佳構 造由一立柱472表示,其具有受一環476嚙合之凹槽474。 保持通訊卡460內所罩覆組件間電連續性之構造爲以480表 示,具有提供該可旋轉與可縮入構件462縮入/伸出之構 造以482表示,其所有皆可使用本文所述與業界週知之資 訊迅即達成〇如於本文所述許多具體形式之情形,圖27之 具體形式所示特色可以許多不同平台施行,譬如PCMCIA類 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作杜印製 B7___五、發明說明(44&gt; 型II與類型111 PC卡,以及其他業界已知平台〇 圖27A爲依據本發明另一通訊卡之透視圖,提供三個 Rtl-xx系列挿座’置於一可旋轉與可縮入構件上,所示爲 於伸出位置。將體會到圖27A所例示通訊卡爲設有功能類 似有關圖27所述之構造。 通訊卡461包括一罩殼4δ1Α,其最好遵照PCMCIA III 類型之尺寸。通訊卡461包括一可旋轉與可縮入之構件463 。該可旋轉與可縮入之構件46S包括三個RJ-xx系列挿座, 以463A-C整體指示o RJ-XX系列挿座463A-C各包括觸點, 與挿頭內對應觸點完成一電路。各RJ-xx系列揷座463A-C包括類似先前所述之構造(例如突出部470A-C), 其嚙 合RJ揷頭上之偏斜夾,而挿座463A-C之尺寸爲使適當之RJ 挿頭被緊密承接於其內,如同對本文所述之所有通訊卡爲 較佳者〇 再者,如對本文所述之其他通訊卡,RJ-XX系列 挿座463A-C可被製造爲承接任何適當之RJ-xx系列挿頭, 譬如挿座463A與463B最好構造爲承接一 RJ-11挿頭,而揷 座464C最好構造爲承接一 RJ-45挿頭。 一可旋轉且可縮入之構件46 3以箭頭483之方向旋轉, 使一或多個RJ揷頭經操作性承接於其內之後,從挿頭伸 出之電線可朝向許多不同方向(類似有關圖27所提供之說 明)〇 其次參考圖27B,一對可旋轉且可縮入構件463提供旋 轉之較佳構造包括接觸塊47 5 A及B配對在一起,用以抓取 立柱481A,容許該可旋轉且可縮入構件463如箭頭483 (圖 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 4 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印软 5 6 0 7 3 A7 _____B7____五、發明說明(45) 27A)所示旋轉。 —電纜例如一帶狀電纜467於通訊卡內放置之通訊組 件與挿座463 A-C之間提供電連續性。出現於帶狀電纜46 7 之電信號予經感測器引線輸送,其中數個呈現於圖OU-C (感測器引線471 A詳示於圖27 C),當立柱481 A被接觸塊 475A及B抓取時,與圓筒形觸點479配對,如圖27D清楚顯 示。感測引線417A-C容許保持實質連續之電連績性〇 圖27D爲一圖解視圖,顯示可旋轉且可縮回構件463之 感測器引線之位置0於圖27D之剖面圖揭示圓筒形觸點47 9 與可旋轉且可縮入構件463之揷座46344內三組1111觸點各 者間導線所經路徑0將體會到雖然所例示構造爲較佳者, 導線之數目與配匱可依據本發明範圍被改變0 參考圖27 A及B二者,對該可旋轉且可縮入構件46 3提 供縮入與仲出之構造現將加以說明。接觸塊47 5 A及B各者 分別所設有嚙合軌道465 (見圖27A)之滑條475C及D (見 圖27B), 並容許接觸塊475A及B (當組裝時)於通訊卡 461內以箭頭4 73之方向滑動,如此伸出與縮入該可旋轉且 可縮入構件463〇 —釋放機構469設於軌道465之端部,握 持該可旋轉與可縮入構件463於其縮入位置,而當被使用 者釋放時,將該可旋轉且可縮人構件463朝向其伸出位置 部份伸出〇 將體會到使用本文所述資訊可迅即達成許多不同構造 ,依據本發明於各圖所例示之該等構造於目前爲較佳者。 如同本文所述許多具體形式之情形,圖27 A_C之具體形式 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297竺' (請先閲讀背面之注$項再填窵本頁) '裝 丨丨丨丨訂! §sis 456073 A7* * r I 丨 J Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economy 456073 A7_____B7_____ V. Inventive 叼 (4 1) Indicated by arrow 406. The function of a guide rail 413 is to properly place the sliding drawers 407a and B, and to limit their travel away from the circuit board 414. The electrical signal continuity is maintained by two sets of sliding contacts 409A and B and the corresponding two sets of electricity. Traces 410A and B, partly shown in FIG. 24D. It is also within the scope of the present invention to provide two electrical contact pads on the circuit board. When the sliding drawers 407 A and B are in their fully extended positions, the Two sets of sliding contacts 409A and B only achieve operational contact. Figure 24E is a vertical sectional end view of a sliding grapefruit drawer, and a sliding drawer has an RJ ~: xx series hoe body in its extended operating position. 11 is inserted into it, and a sliding drawer 407A is in the closed storage position. A sectional hinge 405B can be seen in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 24E, which can be made of suitable materials known in the industry and can be integrally formed with the bottom of the drawer 405. . By the action of the movable hinge 405B, the drawer bottom 405 is normally stored above the sliding drawer 407A, in the direction of arrow 411. When the RJ-xx series hoe body 11 is inserted into the drawer 407B, electrical continuity is completed between the contact 20 of the RJ-xx series plug body 11 and the contact 412 provided in the sliding drawer 407A. As previously discussed with regard to other specific forms of the invention, the construction shown in Figs. 24C-E provides a communication plug and quick and easy connection when the communication card is not in use. Furthermore, when the communication card is not in use, the related components are protected from damage, and the overall length of the communication card is the best and substantially within the PCMCIA / PC card standard. Secondly, refer to Figure 2S. Figure 25 is in accordance with the present invention. A perspective view of another communication card, which is indicated at 420 overall. The communication card 420 includes a plurality of RJ-xx sockets, which are indicated by 422A-C as a whole, each of which is composed of a pair of retractable and extendable jaw clips {please read the note on the back before filling this page} This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS &gt; A4 Specification (210 X 297 public dollars) 4 5 6073 A7 B7 The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Shellfish Consumer Cooperation it was imprinted 5. Invention Description (42), both of which are shown at 424A and B〇 In the retracted position, as shown in fttuxx sockets 422B and C, the communication card 420 (including the card body 420B and the connector cover 420 A) substantially conforms to the size requirements of the PCMCIA type ffl standard. It is included in the connector cover 420 A The middle is a structure that allows jaws 424A and B to extend and retract into connector housing 351A in the direction of arrow 430, pivots in the direction of arrow 432, and deflects jaws 424A and β toward each other. RJ shown in FIG. 25 The plug 10 is received in the socket 422A shaped by the jaws 424A and B, which manually separates the jaws 424A and B, and inserts the RJ plug 10 between the jaws 424 A and B. The jaws 424 A and B is deflected toward each other, so hold the KJ plug inside, and hold the electrical contact of the KJ plug and the wire of the jaw clamp 424 A Successive performance, one of the latter is indicated by 428. A protrusion 426 engages the deflection clip on the RJ head 10 to further fix the RJ plug 10 in the proper position of the jaw clips 424A and B. The structure shown in FIG. 25 provides the RJ The hoe 10 and the communication card 42 0 can be easily connected and disconnected, and the components in the communication card 4 20 including the wire 428 are protected from the surrounding environment. FIG. 26A is a partial perspective view of a communication card, indicated by 440 as a whole. Includes two different connectors, an RJ-h series socket with 442 overall instructions and an auxiliary connector with 448 overall instructions, which is preferably a connector suitable for connecting to a wireless communication device, such as a compliant GSM communication A standard portable telecommunication device, both of which are placed on a retractable / extendable member 444. The retractable / extendable member 444 is shown in the extended position in the figure and in the retracted position In FIG. 26B, the skilled person in the industry can quickly achieve the structure of the communication card '440 required for the extension and retraction of the implementation member 444. The electrical connection included in the communication card 440 can use the information described in this article !! 1 Install .. Order · 11 C Please read the back Please fill in this page if you want to pay attention) MU. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 B7___) 5. Description of the invention (43) and use the industry well-known information to reach 0 quickly &lt; Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Secondly, referring to FIG. 27, FIG. 27 is a partial perspective view of a communication card according to the present invention, with an overall indication of 46. The communication card 460 includes a rotatable and retractable member 462. The rotatable and retractable member 462 includes three RJ-XX series sockets, which are indicated by 464A-C as a whole. RJ-xx series sockets 464A-C each include a wire, and a part of them is indicated by 466A-C, which accepts RJ. -The corresponding contacts of the plug 10. Each RJ-xx series socket 464A-C includes a protruding portion 470A-C to engage the deflection clip on the RJ hoe, and the size of the RJ-xx series socket 464A-C is such that the appropriate RJ hoe is tightly received in it, like All communication cards described herein are preferred. Furthermore, as for other communication cards described herein, the RJ-xx series sockets 464A-C can be manufactured to accept any appropriate RJ-xx series plugs, such as sockets 464A and 454C, and preferably an RJ-11 plug. And socket 464BA is good to accept a RJ-4 5 bun. The consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the rotatable and retractable member 462 to rotate in the direction of arrow 468, so that one or more RJ plugs can be operatively received in it, and then the RJ hoe will come out. The wire can be oriented in a direction that is 90 degrees from the orientation illustrated in Figure 27 (as indicated by the dashed image of 462A), 180 degrees, 270 degrees, or some intermediate orientation. 0—for the rotatable and retractable configuration One of the preferred configurations for rotation of member 4 62 is represented by a post 472 having a groove 474 that is engaged by a ring 476. The structure for maintaining electrical continuity between the covered components in the communication card 460 is represented by 480, and the structure provided with the rotatable and retractable member 462 retracted / extended is represented by 482, all of which can be used as described herein. The information that is well-known in the industry was reached quickly. As in the case of many specific forms described in this article, the features shown in the specific form of Figure 27 can be implemented on many different platforms, such as PCMCIA paper standards that apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 456073 A7 Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperation, Du printed B7___ 5. Description of the invention (44> Type II and Type 111 PC cards, and other known platforms in the industry. Figure 27A is another communication card according to the present invention. A perspective view, providing three Rtl-xx series sockets' placed on a rotatable and retractable member, shown in the extended position. You will realize that the communication card illustrated in FIG. 27A is similar to that provided in FIG. 27. The structure described. The communication card 461 includes a housing 4δ1A, which preferably conforms to the size of the PCMCIA III type. The communication card 461 includes a rotatable and retractable member 463. The rotatable and retractable member Piece 46S includes three RJ-xx series sockets, which are indicated by 463A-C as a whole. RJ-XX series sockets 463A-C each include contacts, which complete a circuit with corresponding contacts in the plug. Each RJ-xx series socket 463A- C includes a structure similar to that previously described (for example, the protrusions 470A-C), which engages the deflection clip on the RJ head, and the sockets 463A-C are sized so that appropriate RJ plugs are tightly received therein, as for this article. All the communication cards mentioned are better. Furthermore, as for the other communication cards described herein, the RJ-XX series sockets 463A-C can be manufactured to accept any appropriate RJ-xx series plugs, such as sockets 463A and 463B is preferably configured to receive an RJ-11 plug, and 揷 C 464C is preferably configured to receive an RJ-45 plug. A rotatable and retractable member 46 3 is rotated in the direction of arrow 483, so that one or more After the RJ hoe is operatively received in it, the wires protruding from the plug can be oriented in many different directions (similar to the description provided in Figure 27). Secondly, referring to Figure 27B, a pair of rotatable and retractable members 463 is provided. The preferred configuration of rotation includes the contact blocks 47 5 A and B mated together, Used to grab the post 481A, allowing the rotatable and retractable member 463 such as arrow 483 (Figure (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 4 Pui Gong Consumer Co., Ltd., Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 5 6 0 7 3 A7 _____B7____ V. Rotation shown in the description of the invention (45) 27A). — A cable, such as a ribbon cable 467, is placed in the communication card. Electrical continuity is provided between the communication module and the outlet 463 AC. The electrical signals appearing in the ribbon cable 46 7 are transmitted through the sensor leads, several of which are shown in Figure OU-C (the sensor leads 471 A are shown in Figure 27 C in detail), when the post 481 A is contacted by the block 475A When B and B are grasped, they are paired with the cylindrical contact 479, as shown clearly in FIG. 27D. The sense leads 417A-C allow to maintain substantially continuous electrical performance. Figure 27D is a diagrammatic view showing the position of the sensor leads of the rotatable and retractable member 463. 0 The cross-sectional view of Figure 27D reveals the cylindrical shape. The contact path 0 between each of the contacts 47 9 and the three sets of 1111 contacts in the pedestal 46344 of the rotatable and retractable member 463 will be realized. Although the illustrated structure is better, the number and distribution of the wires may be According to the scope of the present invention, 0. Referring to both FIGS. 27A and B, a configuration in which the rotatable and retractable member 46 3 is provided with indentation and indentation will now be described. Each of the contact blocks 47 5 A and B is provided with sliders 475C and D (see FIG. 27B) that engage the track 465 (see FIG. 27A), and the contact blocks 475A and B (when assembled) are allowed in the communication card 461 Slide in the direction of arrow 4 73, so that the rotatable and retractable member 463 is extended and retracted. The release mechanism 469 is provided at the end of the track 465, holding the rotatable and retractable member 463 in its retracted position. Into the position, and when released by the user, the rotatable and retractable member 463 protrudes toward its extended position. It will be appreciated that many different configurations can be achieved quickly using the information described herein. According to the present invention, The structures illustrated in the figures are currently better. As in the case of many specific forms described in this article, the specific form of Figure 27 A_C applies to Chinese national standards (CNS &gt; A4 specifications (210 X 297 Zhu '(please read the note on the back before filling in this page)' ' Install 丨 丨 丨 丨 Order! §Sis 456073 A7

經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印K ___^Β7____五、發明說明(46) 所示特色可以許多不同平台施行,譬如PCMCIA類型Η與類 型III PC卡,以及業界已知其他平台。 其次將參考圖28,其爲一通訊卡之透視圖,以490整 體指示,具有二個RJ-xx系列挿座,放置於一可縮入外殼 內,以492整體指示〇 該可縮入外殼492包含一上構件494 與下構件500 〇下構件500藉由位於槽溝502內之挿銷504滑 動接合至上構件494,其容許下構件以箭頭514之方向滑動 〇下構件500藉由506所示構造偏轉朝向該上構件494。當 RJ挿頭被挿入上構件494與下構件500之間時,使RJ挿頭10 上之偏斜夾被承接承接器496A或496B之一者,下構件500 將RJ揷頭10推向上構件4 94,並於導線508與RJ揷頭10所設 對應觸點之間完成操作性接觸〇 於上構件4 94上設置多個視覺指示器408,其提供通訊 卡490之操作指示。容許該可縮入外殼49 2以箭頭510之方 向伸出與縮入之構造示於512,具有所示於51 6保持所需電 聯結之構造。可縮入外殼492依據本發明對二RJ揷頭提供 方便與可靠之連接〇 其次將參考圖2 9A及圖29 A與29 B分別爲侬據本發明 以530整體指示之另一通訊卡之透視圖與俯視圖。通訊卡 530就尺寸與構造而言最好依循PCMCIA (亦稱爲PC卡)類 型1B標準,並包括一卡本體530B與一連接器罩殼530A。連 接器罩殼530A包括一輔助連接器,以544整體指示,與一 輔助槽溝54〇,其操作性地承接一記憶卡,例如緊密快閃 記憶卡•如業界所已知。有關遵照緊密快閃標準與小型卡 (請先閱績背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · ·&lt; I I I 1 im i · 1 1· IV n n a— I Λ-δ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合阼江 m__ 五、發明說明(4 7) 標準之記憶卡之進一步資訊可從以下出版品獲得, I.C. Memory Handbook 1995 : DRAM, Scram, EPROM, Flash * Rector 出版有限公司出版,1995 年(ISBN 0760529698); 及Flash Memory t 英代爾公司出版, 1994年(ISBN 1 555122000);二者現於此以指述方式整體納入本文〇 遵 照緊密快閃標準與小型卡標準之卡爲使用於本發明之較佳 記憶卡之範例〇 如圖29 Α及Β所示,一挿座本體532 ,最好且實質爲半 圓形狀,設有二個凹部53 6 A及B,其各承接一RJ挿頭1〇〇 凹部536 A及B各包括一突出部538 A及B,使配置於凹部536A 及B之導線5U可與一RJ挿頭10完成操作性連接。 挿座本體53 2最好爲半圓形狀,並對一螺栓53 4樞轉。 螺栓534容許揷座本體532以箭頭54 6之方向旋轉至圖29 A及 B所例示之伸出位置。於其伸出位置,挿座本體532容許接 近凹部536A及B 〇通訊卡53〇容許經由RJ揷頭10方便地連接 至一通訊線路,及經由槽溝540操作性連接至一記憶卡〇 其次將參考圖3〇A及B, 其爲依據本發明另一方面以 560整體指示之通訊卡之透視圖〇 通訊卡560包括三個 系列揷座,各以562A-C整體指示,放置於通訊卡560 之一端部。如圖30B清楚顯示,“外殻構件566如箭頭574 指示,從卡本體564仲出。當外殼構件566於圖30A所示之 縮入位置時,通訊卡之長度實質上遵照PCMCIA類型ffl標準 〇 又於圖30A所例示爲多個觸點568A-C,其連接至卡本體 564,且與RJ揷頭1〇 (圖30B)之對應觸點完成電連接〇當 {請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · ϋ —J I I ϋ I 一 I If n »1 I n i _ asBln, 一 y 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210 X 297 45 60 73 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財轰奇貝1.$*^卜¥ tK_ ^ Β7 ____ printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The features shown in the invention description (46) can be implemented on many different platforms, such as PCMCIA type Η and type III PC cards, and other platforms known in the industry. Next, reference will be made to FIG. 28, which is a perspective view of a communication card, indicated by 490 as a whole, having two RJ-xx series sockets, placed in a retractable case, indicated by 492 as a whole. The retractable case 492 contains An upper member 494 and a lower member 500. The lower member 500 is slidably joined to the upper member 494 by a pin 504 located in the groove 502, which allows the lower member to slide in the direction of the arrow 514. The lower member 500 is deflected by the structure shown in 506. Toward the upper member 494. When the RJ plug is inserted between the upper member 494 and the lower member 500, the deflection clip on the RJ plug 10 is accepted by one of the receivers 496A or 496B, and the lower member 500 pushes the RJ hoe 10 to the upper member 4 94, An operative contact is made between the lead wire 508 and the corresponding contact provided on the RJ head 10. A plurality of visual indicators 408 are provided on the upper member 4 94, which provide operation instructions of the communication card 490. The structure allowing the retractable housing 49 2 to extend and retract in the direction of the arrow 510 is shown at 512, and has a structure shown at 51 6 to maintain the required electrical connection. The retractable housing 492 provides convenient and reliable connection to the two RJ heads according to the present invention. Secondly, referring to FIGS. 2A and 29A and 29B are perspective views of another communication card indicated by 530 as a whole according to the present invention. Figure and top view. The communication card 530 preferably conforms to the PCMCIA (also known as a PC card) type 1B standard in terms of size and structure, and includes a card body 530B and a connector housing 530A. The connector housing 530A includes an auxiliary connector, indicated by 544 as a whole, and an auxiliary slot 54o, which operatively receives a memory card, such as a compact flash memory card, as known in the industry. For compliance with the compact flash standard and small card (please read the notes on the back of the performance first and then fill out this page) · &lt; III 1 im i · 1 1 · IV nna— I Λ-δ This paper standard applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS &gt; A4 specifications (210 X 297 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 Intellectual Property Bureau of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics and Consumers of Hejiang m__ V. Description of invention (4 7) Further information on standard memory cards can be obtained from the following publications, IC Memory Handbook 1995: DRAM, Scram, EPROM, Flash * Rector Publishing Co., Ltd., 1995 (ISBN 0760529698); and Flash Memory t Published by Indale Corporation, 1994 (ISBN 1 555122000); both are now referred to here The method described above is incorporated herein as a whole. Cards that conform to the compact flash standard and the small card standard are examples of better memory cards used in the present invention. As shown in Figures 29A and 29, a socket body 532 is best and substantially semicircular. Shape, provided with two recesses 53 6 A and B, each receiving an RJ plug 100 recesses 536 A and B each including a protruding portion 538 A and B, so that the 5U wire arranged in the recesses 536A and B can be connected with a RJ plug 10 completes the operational connection. 53 2 is preferably a semicircular shape, and pivots on a bolt 53 4. The bolt 534 allows the sley body 532 to rotate in the direction of the arrow 54 6 to the extended position illustrated in FIGS. 29A and 29. In its extended position, The socket body 532 allows access to the recesses 536A and B. The communication card 53. Allows convenient connection to a communication line via the RJ head 10 and operative connection to a memory card via the slot 540. Secondly, refer to FIGS. 3A and B. It is a perspective view of a communication card with an overall instruction of 560 according to another aspect of the present invention. The communication card 560 includes three series of pedestals, each with 562A-C overall instructions, and is placed at one end of the communication card 560. As shown in FIG. 30B It is clearly shown that "the housing member 566 as shown by arrow 574 exits from the card body 564. When the housing member 566 is in the retracted position shown in Fig. 30A, the length of the communication card substantially conforms to the PCMCIA type ffl standard. 30A exemplifies multiple contacts 568A-C, which are connected to the card body 564, and are electrically connected to the corresponding contacts of the RJ head 10 (Figure 30B). When {Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) · ϋ —JII ϋ I-I If n »1 I ni _ asBln, 1 y This paper size applies Chinese national standard (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297 45 60 73 A7 B7)

五、發明說明(48) 外殻構件566於圖30B所示之伸出位置時,夾捕構件57 2掉 至於圖30B指示之位置。該夾捕構件572以箭頭576之方向 移動。當夾捕構件572於其上方位匱時(如圖30A所示), 通訊卡56 0實質上遵照PCMCIA之厚度標準。當夾捕構件572 於其下方位置時(如圖30B所示),RJ挿頭10可承接於其 內〇當外殼構件566於其伸出位置時(圖30B),當RJ挿頭 揷入挿座562A-C之一者時,設於RJ挿頭10之觸點撞擊於 I 對應導線568C 〇 通訊卡560爲本發明另一範例,對一或多個RJ挿頭提 供方便之連接,當不使用時實質上遵照PCMCIA之實體尺寸 標準,其不需任何額外之專屬電線或連接器以完成所需之 連接,且遮蔽電導線與周圍環境隔離。圖30 A-B所示本發 明具體形式亦包括一輔肋連接器,以57 0整體指示,業界 技術熟練人員將體會到其可用來傳輸與本發明相關各種類 型之信號/資料〇 又於圖30A-B所示爲照亮指示器571Ao 照亮指示器571A最好可爲LED,其指示通訊卡560之功能〇 或者,多個LED可置於卡本體564,而從此等LED發出之光 線經一光管構造(剛性或撓性者)輸送到照亮指示器571A 〇再者,照亮指示器571A之表面可與外殼構件566之表面 平齊,以改良由之所發出光線之輸送至使用者0 其次將參考圖30C,其爲依據本發明另—方面之另一 通訊卡之分解透視圖,包括三個RJ-XX系列揷座,放置於 通訊卡之端部,具有一外殼構件,所示爲分解離通訊卡之 端部。將體會到圖30C所不通訊卡包括許多類似圖3〇A及B {請先S讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁). 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSM4規格&lt;210 X 297 mi 45 6073 B7 經濟部智慧財轰笱員L肖pi 五、發明說明(4 9) 所示構造,因此只有重要之差異會被說明0 於圖30C中三個RJ-xx系列揷座分別以565A-C整體指示 ,爲放置於通訊卡之一端部上。該三個RJ-xx系列揷座 565A-C爲由一外殼構件563所界定,當使用時其嚙合—卡 本體561之端部557 〇 當外殼構件5G3於縮入位置時,即當 其完全停靠於卡本體561之端部557時,通訊卡之長度實質 上爲遵照PCMCIA類型1Π標準。又於圖3〇C所例示爲多個觸 點567, 其從卡本體561之端部557伸出(只有與揷座565C 有關之三個觸點組被標示於圖30C),且其與RJ挿頭10之 對應觸點完成電連接(圖3〇C上未顯示)〇 仍參考圖30C,當外殻構件563從卡本體561之端部557 拉出時,與箭頭558之方向一致,RJ挿頭10可被握持於揷 座5 65 A-C之各者。各挿座包括一夾嚙合構造559 A-C,其容 許RJ揷頭被握持,使當RJ挿頭挿入揷座56SA-C之一者時, 設於RJ挿頭之觸點撞擊對應之導線(於567指示其一組) 。圖30C之通訊卡爲本發明另一範例,提供方便連接至一 或多個RJ揷頭,當不使用時,實質上遵照PCMCIA實體尺寸 標準,其不需要任何額外之專屬電線或連接器以完成所需 之連接•且遮蔽電導線與周圍環境隔離,且其容許連接至 多個RJ挿頭而無需通訊卡內空間損失投入電路板與通訊組 件〇 其次將參考圖30D-G,說明依據本發明另一方面之另 一目前較佳具體形式。首先參考圖3 0D,其爲以56 9整體指 示之通訊卡之一部份切開透視圖。當一外殼構件571放置 ------------θ &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂------.I!V. Description of the Invention (48) When the casing member 566 is in the extended position shown in Fig. 30B, the catching member 57 2 falls off, as for the position indicated in Fig. 30B. This pinching member 572 moves in the direction of arrow 576. When the trapping member 572 is in a poor orientation (as shown in FIG. 30A), the communication card 560 substantially complies with the PCMCIA thickness standard. When the catching member 572 is in its lower position (as shown in FIG. 30B), the RJ plug 10 can be received therein. When the housing member 566 is in its extended position (FIG. 30B), when the RJ plug is inserted into the socket 562A- For one of C, the contact provided on the RJ plug 10 hits the corresponding wire 568C. The communication card 560 is another example of the present invention, and provides convenient connection to one or more RJ plugs. When not in use, it essentially complies with PCMCIA's physical size standard does not require any additional dedicated wires or connectors to complete the required connections, and shields the electrical wires from the surrounding environment. The specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 30 AB also includes an auxiliary rib connector, which is generally indicated by 57. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that it can be used to transmit various types of signals / data related to the present invention. Also shown in FIG. 30A- B shows the illuminating indicator 571A. The illuminating indicator 571A may preferably be an LED, which indicates the function of the communication card 560. Alternatively, multiple LEDs may be placed on the card body 564, and the light emitted from these LEDs passes through a light The tube structure (rigid or flexible) is conveyed to the illuminating indicator 571A. Furthermore, the surface of the illuminating indicator 571A can be flush with the surface of the housing member 566 to improve the transmission of light emitted by it to the user. 0 Next, reference will be made to FIG. 30C, which is an exploded perspective view of another communication card according to another aspect of the present invention, including three RJ-XX series sockets, which are placed at the end of the communication card and have a housing member, as shown Disassemble the end of the communication card. It will be appreciated that the communication card shown in Figure 30C includes many similar to Figures 30A and B (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNSM4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 mi 45 6073 B7 L Xiao pi, a smart money bomber from the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. The structure shown in the description of the invention (4 9), so only important differences will be explained. The three RJ-xx series thrones in Figure 30C are respectively 565A-C. The overall indication is that it is placed on one end of the communication card. The three RJ-xx series sockets 565A-C are defined by a housing member 563 that engages when in use—the end 557 of the card body 561. When the housing When the member 5G3 is in the retracted position, that is, when it is completely docked at the end 557 of the card body 561, the length of the communication card is substantially in accordance with the PCMCIA type 1Π standard. It is illustrated as a plurality of contacts 567 in FIG. 30C. , Which protrudes from the end 557 of the card body 561 (only three contact groups related to the pedestal 565C are marked in FIG. 30C), and it is electrically connected to the corresponding contacts of the RJ plug 10 (FIG. 30C) (Not shown above) 〇 Still referring to FIG. 30C, when the housing member 563 is pulled out from the end portion 557 of the card body 561 Consistent with the direction of arrow 558, the RJ plug 10 can be held at each of the 65 65 AC sockets. Each socket includes a clip-engaging structure 559 AC, which allows the RJ socket to be held so that when the RJ plug is inserted into the socket One of 56SA-C, the contact set on the RJ plug hits the corresponding wire (a group is indicated at 567). The communication card of FIG. 30C is another example of the present invention, providing convenient connection to one or more RJ 揷The head, when not in use, essentially complies with the PCMCIA physical size standard, it does not require any additional dedicated wires or connectors to complete the required connection • and shields the electrical wires from the surrounding environment, and it allows connection to multiple RJ plugs Without the loss of space in the communication card, the circuit board and the communication component are inputted. Secondly, another presently preferred specific form according to another aspect of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 30D-G. First, referring to FIG. A part of the indicated communication card is cut away in a perspective view. When a housing member 571 is placed ------------ θ &lt; Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order ---- -. I!

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297 經濟部智慧財產曷貝I肖 456073 A7 ------B7 _ 五、發明說明(50) 成一伸出構造時,通訊卡569容許同時連接三個RJ-XX系列 揷座,放置於通訊卡56 9之端部。所示外殼構件於圖301)與 3 0G爲於縮入構造,而於圖3 0F所示爲於伸出構造〇 通訊卡569包括三個以-^系列挿座,各分別以571A_C 整體指示,放置於通訊卡56 9之一端部上。一外殼構件571 設於通訊卡569之一端部上〇如圖30D所提供局部反轉透視 圖清楚見到,外殼構件571包括一組電觸點578A-C,由接 觸塊575A-C所支承。接觸塊575A-C爲附著(或模鑄)於外 殼構件5·71上〇 —接觸塊S75A-C與一組電觸點578A-C爲與 挿座571 A-C之各者相關〇各挿座571 A-C亦設有夾嚙合構造 573A-C,其功能爲嚙合RJ揷頭之偏斜夾(圖30D-G未顯示 ),以可靠地握持RJ挿頭靠於電觸點578A-C之分別各組。 外殼構件571可以箭頭577之方向伸出與縮入。該伸出 與縮入藉由參考圖3 0P1與3 0G之剖面圖有清楚之說明。當外 殼構件571爲於圖30G所承其縮入位置時,通訊卡之長度實 質上遵照PCMCIA長度標準。一撓性連接器,例如帶狀電纜 581 ,於一電路板579與接觸塊575A-C之間提供一操作性 連接,如此提供所需之電通訊電路供通訊卡569操作。當 外殻構件571爲於其伸出位置於圖30F (當做顯示被箭頭 577)表現時,RJ挿頭被穩固承接進入其中一種挿座之內 571A-C。 當做被於圖30G內之箭頭582顯示,構造被於30D - G容許電路額外之空間木板之圖方面顯示579於通訊卡 569其將否則被需要爲RJ挿頭揷座。如此,圖3〇D-G所示本 發明具體形式提供本發明另一範例,當於收藏組態時’其 (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) &quot;· !丨—丨丨丨訂i !丨丨丨! · isell 本紙張尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297 i 466073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工'P? _____B7 _五、發明說明(51) 實質上遵照PCMCIA之實體尺寸需求,還容許額外之空間投 入一內部電路板,即使多個RJ揷頭同時連接至該通訊卡〇 其次將參考圖31A及Bo 圖31 A及B爲通訊卡5 90之透視 圖,包括三個RJ-xx系列揷座,以592A-C整體指示,與記 憶卡槽,以596A及B整體指示,其分別以箭頭59 8之方向操 作性且可移除地承接記憶卡594 A及B〇 業界技術熟練人員 會迅即達成完成與記憶卡596 A及B操作性連接所需之必要 需硬體與軟體〇 圖32A及B爲一 PC卡610之透視圖,其於一槽溝操作性 承接一磁碟儲存媒體614,該槽溝以6 12整體指示。當一PC 卡揷入一計算裝置上之槽溝內*使一前端618嚙合一 PC卡 挿座,PC卡610之內部組件,以616整體指示,提供PC卡 610 (及而計算裝置)與磁碟儲存媒體614之間之資料轉移 〇將體會到光學儲存媒體可用以取代磁碟儲存媒體〇 磁碟儲存媒體614之一範例爲於clifc丨(商標)磁碟機 所使用之磁碟,其業爲Iomega公司所宣佈。現行規格指示 clik!(簡標)磁碟(碟匣)爲2.16吋父1,98吋父0.077吋 (54.9mmx50.lmmxl.95mm),握有 40 MB 之資料,而其適 合現行需要快閃記憶卡之應用〇 clik!(商標)磁碟與磁 碟機特別適合包含於小型裝置如個人數位助理機(PDA)與 其他小型數位電子裝置。有關clik!(商標)磁碟之進一 步資訊可由業界技術熟練人員迅即從Iomega公司與業界其 他來源獲得〇 其次將參考圖33,爲一 PC卡之透視圖,其以63〇整體 -I1IIIIIIIII -HI! — —— · I I . Γ. (請先閱讀面之注fe事項再填寫本頁)This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 χ 297 Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs I Xiao Bei 456073 A7 ------ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (50) Communication card 569 in a protruding structure Allows three RJ-XX series sockets to be connected at the same time and placed on the end of the communication card 56 9. The housing components shown in Figure 301) and 30G are in the retracted configuration, and shown in Figure 3 0F are the extended Structure 0 The communication card 569 includes three series sockets, each with an overall indication of 571A_C, and is placed on one end of the communication card 569. A housing member 571 is provided on one end of the communication card 569. As can be clearly seen in the partially inverted perspective view provided in FIG. 30D, the housing member 571 includes a set of electrical contacts 578A-C and is supported by the contact blocks 575A-C. The contact blocks 575A-C are attached (or die-cast) to the housing member 5.71. The contact blocks S75A-C and a set of electrical contacts 578A-C are related to each of the socket 571 AC. Each socket 571 AC is also A clip-engaging structure 573A-C is provided, and its function is to engage the deflection clip of the RJ hoe (not shown in Figure 30D-G) to reliably hold the RJ plug against each group of electrical contacts 578A-C. The housing member 571 can be extended and retracted in the direction of the arrow 577. The extension and indentation are clearly explained by referring to the sectional views of FIGS. 3P1 and 30G. When the housing member 571 is in the retracted position as shown in FIG. 30G, the length of the communication card substantially conforms to the PCMCIA length standard. A flexible connector, such as a ribbon cable 581, provides an operative connection between a circuit board 579 and the contact blocks 575A-C, thus providing the required electrical communication circuits for the operation of the communication card 569. When the housing member 571 is shown in FIG. 30F (as shown by arrow 577) in its extended position, the RJ plug is firmly received into one of the sockets 571A-C. As shown by arrow 582 in FIG. 30G, the structure is shown in the diagram of the 30D-G allowable circuit extra space board 579 on the communication card 569 which would otherwise be required as an RJ plug socket. In this way, the specific form of the present invention shown in FIG. 30D provides another example of the present invention. When it is stored in a configuration, it's (谙 Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) &quot; ·! 丨 — 丨 丨 丨 Order i! 丨 丨 丨! · Isell This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification &lt; 210 X 297 i 466073 A7 Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' P? _____B7 _V. Description of the invention (51) Essentially complies with the physical size requirements of PCMCIA It also allows extra space to be put into an internal circuit board, even if multiple RJ heads are connected to the communication card at the same time. Secondly, refer to Figure 31A and Bo. Figures 31 A and B are perspective views of the communication card 5 90, including three RJ- xx series sockets, with the overall instructions of 592A-C, and the memory card slot, with the overall instructions of 596A and B, which respectively and movably accept the memory cards 594 A and B in the direction of arrow 59 8. Skilled in the industry The personnel will quickly achieve the necessary hardware and software required to complete the operational connection with the memory card 596 A and B. Figure 32A and B are perspective views of a PC card 610, which operates a magnetic disk storage in a slot operation Media 614, the slot is indicated as 6 12 overall. When a PC card is inserted into a slot on a computing device *, a front end 618 engages a PC card socket, and the internal components of the PC card 610 provide the PC card 610 (and the computing device) and the magnetic disk as a whole instruction Data transfer between storage media 614. I will realize that optical storage media can be used to replace disk storage media. One example of disk storage media 614 is a disk used in a clifc (trademark) drive. Iomega announced. The current specifications indicate that the clik! (Abbreviated standard) disk (disc) is 2.16 inch parent 1,98 inch parent 0.077 inch (54.9mmx50.lmmxl.95mm), holds 40 MB of data, and it is suitable for current needs of flash memory Card applications 0clik! (Trademark) disks and drives are particularly suitable for inclusion in small devices such as personal digital assistants (PDAs) and other small digital electronic devices. Further information on clik! (Trademark) disks can be obtained quickly by skilled industry personnel from Iomega and other sources in the industry. Secondly, reference will be made to FIG. 33, which is a perspective view of a PC card, which is based on the entire 63-I1IIIIIIIII-HI! — —— · II. Γ. (Please read the note above and then fill out this page)

B 1:鼸 本紙張尺度適用♦國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公g) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 456073 A7 ___ B7 五、發明說明(52) 指示,包括一第一槽溝,以632A整體指示,與一第二槽溝 ’以632B整體指示,其各分別操作性承接記憶卡636八與 636Βο槽溝632A與632B各所有一組連接器挿銷634A與634B ,其配置爲依據記憶卡標準。於PC卡63〇內部爲將二記憶 卡636A及B界接至一計算裝置所需之組件,PC卡6 30爲挿入 其內〇 :PC卡63 0最好爲依附於PCMCIA類型Μ標準,並如願 地容許二記憶卡同時界接於一計算裝置〇使用本文所包含 之資訊,業界技術熟練人員將會迅即達成於一PC卡630所 揷入之計算裝置與記憶卡6 36A及B—或二者間傳輸資料所 需之硬體與軟體〇 其次將參考圖34A及B,其分別爲一以650整體指示之 通訊卡之透視圖與細部透視圖。通訊卡650可同時承接高 逹三個Rcl挿頭,例如圖30所示之RJ挿頭10〇如圖34A清楚 顯示,一蓋652設有一指扣652A,且蓋652爲以箭頭660之 方向對軸654樞轉,而如圖34A之虛線影像所顯示。當蓋 652被移至圖34B所示其開啓位置時,三組導線664被露出 〇 導線組664之配置爲對應於RJ挿頭10所設置之觸點。將 體會到導線組最好凹入卡本體667之前方內,使其端部與 卡本體66 7之端部平齊。以蓋65 2於圖34B所示位置,多個 挿頭卡軌656A-C下降至圖34B所示位置。卡軌656A-C被彈 簧662偏轉於一向上方向。當RJ揷頭10挿入卡軌656A-C之 一者之內時,偏斜夾12嚙合突出部6 5 8A-C,使RJ挿頭10被 操作性握持於定位,而信號可通過RJ挿頭與通訊卡6 50之 間。通訊卡65〇容許一個以上RJ挿頭同時與方便地連接至 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 --------------------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 45 60 73 a? _______ B7 五、發明說吗(5 3) 一計算裝置〇 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 其次將參考圖34C、34D、34E、及34F,以說明依據本 發明另一方面以651整體指示之另一通訊卡。將體會到圖 34C、34D、34E、及34F所例示本發明具體形式共有類似於 有關圖34A及B所述之特色。如此,於此一說明中將著重於 額外之特色與差異〇 圖WC爲通訊卡651之一局部透視圖,其可同時承接高 達三個挿頭,例如圖所示之R*!挿頭10 〇如圖34C清楚 顯示,一蓋657設有一指扣657D,且蓋657爲以箭頭661之 方向對軸659樞轉(見圖34E) 〇當蓋657被移至圖34C所示 其開啓位置時,三組導線666A-C被露出,而可被RJ挿頭10 所接近。導線組666A-C之配置爲對應於RJ挿頭10所設置之 觸點。導線組666A-C各放置於卡本體651A所形成各自之凹 部內,而各凹部形成三個挿座之一部份,各揷座分別以 653A-C指示 〇 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 以蓋657於圖34C所示開啓位置內,一卡軌655 (亦見 圖34F之細部圖)被升至圖34C所示位置,界定挿座653A-C ,其各可承接一 RJ挿頭10 〇如圖34F清楚顯示,卡軌655被 編組成三個卡軌部655A-CO最好設置一偏移裝置655D,使 卡軌655被偏轉至其垂直位置。卡軌655被卡軌耳片657 E握 持於蓋657上,卡軌耳片657E最好與蓋65 7—體成形。 當RJ挿頭10挿入譬如挿座653C內時,卡軌部655C握持 RJ挿頭10於定位,並確保RJ挿頭10上之偏斜夾12嚙合夾突 出部657A-C,使KJ挿頭1〇被緊握靠於卡本體651A所形成各B 1: The size of this paper is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 g) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 456073 A7 ___ B7 V. Description of the invention (52) Instruction, including the first A slot is indicated by 632A as a whole, and a second slot is indicated by 632B as a whole. Each of them operatively accepts memory cards 636 and 636B. Each slot 632A and 632B has a set of connector pins 634A and 634B. It is configured according to memory card standards. Inside PC card 63, the components required to connect two memory cards 636A and B to a computing device, PC card 6 30 is inserted therein. PC card 63 0 is preferably attached to the PCMCIA type M standard, and Allow two memory cards to be connected to a computing device at the same time if desired. Using the information contained in this article, skilled technicians in the industry will quickly reach the computing device and memory card 6 36A and B inserted into a PC card 630—or two The hardware and software required to transfer data between them will be referred to next. Figures 34A and B, which are a perspective view and a detailed perspective view of a communication card with an overall instruction of 650, respectively. The communication card 650 can simultaneously accept three Rcl plugs, such as the RJ plug 10 shown in FIG. 30. As clearly shown in FIG. 34A, a cover 652 is provided with a finger clasp 652A, and the cover 652 is aligned with the shaft 654 in the direction of the arrow 660. Pivot, as shown by the dashed image in Figure 34A. When the cover 652 is moved to its open position as shown in FIG. 34B, the three groups of wires 664 are exposed. The configuration of the wire group 664 corresponds to the contact provided by the RJ plug 10. It will be appreciated that the wire group is preferably recessed into the front of the card body 667 so that its end is flush with the end of the card body 66 7. With the cover 65 2 at the position shown in Fig. 34B, the plurality of plug rails 656A-C are lowered to the position shown in Fig. 34B. The clamp rails 656A-C are deflected in an upward direction by a spring 662. When the RJ hoe 10 is inserted into one of the rails 656A-C, the deflection clip 12 engages the protrusion 6 5 8A-C, so that the RJ plug 10 is operatively held in position, and the signal can be communicated with Communication cards between 6 and 50. Communication card 65〇 Allows more than one RJ plug to be connected to this paper at the same time and conveniently. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 ------------------- -------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 45 60 73 a? _______ B7 V. Do you say (5 3) a computing device? (Please read the notes on the back before (Fill in this page) Next, reference will be made to Figs. 34C, 34D, 34E, and 34F to illustrate another communication card indicated by 651 as a whole according to another aspect of the present invention. You will appreciate the examples illustrated in Figs. 34C, 34D, 34E, and 34F. The specific forms of the invention share features similar to those described in relation to Figures 34A and B. Thus, in this description, additional features and differences will be emphasized. Figure WC is a partial perspective view of the communication card 651, which can simultaneously take up to three A plug, such as the R *! Plug 10 shown in the figure. As clearly shown in Figure 34C, a cover 657 is provided with a finger clasp 657D, and the cover 657 is pivoted to the shaft 659 in the direction of the arrow 661 (see Fig. 34E). When the cover 657 is moved to its open position as shown in FIG. 34C, the three sets of wires 666A-C are exposed and can be accessed by the RJ plug 10. The group 666A-C is configured to correspond to the contacts provided on the RJ plug 10. The wire groups 666A-C are each placed in a respective recess formed by the card body 651A, and each recess forms a part of three sockets, each The seats are respectively instructed by 653A-C. The employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a cover 657 in the open position shown in Figure 34C, and a card rail 655 (see also a detailed view of Figure 34F) was raised to Figure 34C. Location, defining sockets 653A-C, each of which can accept an RJ plug 10 〇 As shown clearly in Figure 34F, the card track 655 is organized into three card track sections 655A-CO. It is best to provide an offset device 655D to make the card track 655 It is deflected to its vertical position. The clip 655 is held on the cover 657 by the clip lug 657 E, and the clip lug 657E is preferably formed integrally with the cover 65 7. When the RJ plug 10 is inserted into, for example, the socket 653C, The card rail 655C holds the RJ plug 10 in position, and ensures that the deflection clip 12 on the RJ plug 10 engages the clip protrusions 657A-C, so that the KJ plug 10 is firmly held against the card body 651A.

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 經濟部智煞財產局貝工消费合作社印製 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ----- B7 五、發明說明(54) 自凹部所放置適當之導線組666A-C,如圖34E清楚例示, 而信號可通過RJ揷頭10與通訊卡651之間〇所例示構造, 與本文所述所有構造,容許當通訊卡651不使用時,偏斜 夾之輕易釋放與RJ揷頭10之移除ο圖34E之剖面圖顯示連 接至多個RJ揷頭可使用通訊卡651更少之空間完成,如此 容許更多之空間供電路板665使用,同時容許三或多個RJ 挿頭同時且方便地連接至一計算裝置。 當通訊卡不使用時,RJ挿頭10被移除,而卡軌6S5返 回箭頭663指示其下降位置(圖WE) 〇蓋657返回圖34D 所例示其閉合位置。將體會到圖34C-F所示本發明具體形 式同時容納三個RJ-xx系列挿頭,還提供較先前可用裝置 實質之優點。此等優點譬如包括:電組件當未使用時受保 護免被損害;通訊卡之整體長度與厚度爲最好且實質在 PCMCIA標準內;於通訊卡內提供較多之空間供電路板與組 件使用;及從通訊線路攜載電流之組件受遮蔽免與周圍環 境構造接觸,如此防止觸點被不當短路在一起或短路接地 或傳輸電流至人體〇 其次將參考圖35,其爲依據本發明一以680整體指示 之通訊卡之透視圖。通訊卡6 8 0包括一可縮入之承接器構 件6 92, 其提供二個RJ-xx系列承接器,以684A及B整體指 示。承接器6β4Α及B之各者設有樞轉卡軌686A及B,其以箭 頭688之方向樞轉。當於圖35所示位置時,樞轉卡軌686A 及B嚙合偏斜夾與RJ挿頭之本體,並握持該RJ挿頭於操作 位置,使其一組以68 6 A表示之導線嚙合RJ挿頭所設之對應 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 45 60 73 A7 ____ B7 五、發明說明(5 5) 觸點。承接器構件692以箭頭682之方向縮入與伸出通訊卡 6 80〇當承接器構件縮入與伸出時,覆罩於通訊卡680內容 許與導線686Α保持電連續性之組件爲示於箱盒690 〇 其次將參考圖35A,其爲一通訊卡之分解透視圖,其 類似圖35所示通訊卡6 80,顯示包括於其內之主要組件。 圖35 A之分解圖內一電路板承接一導軌6β3〇 導軌68 3上之 立柱683B被承接於電路板681之對應凹部681B內。電路板 上導軌6S3之軌跡爲以陰影區域681A表示。該導軌包括一 偏轉機構,例如一活動鉸鏈6SSA(亦見圖ΜΑ),其功能 爲將一挿座底座685偏轉向電路板681之端部,並離開通訊 卡(圖35A-D未顯示)之罩殼(面35A-D亦未顯示)〇挿座 底座68 5之行進向電路板端部爲受設於挿座底座6S5之對應 止擋685C與設於導軌.683 (亦見圖35B)之止擋683C所限制 〇如圖35A清楚顯示,挿座底座68 5準確停止於觸尖693八及 B二者分別將停靠於電路板681上觸墊694A及B之位置,使 當挿座底座685滑動至箭頭691方向最伸出之界限時,於電 路板681上組件與RJ挿頭觸點697A及B (見圖35C)之間建 立所需之信號路徑。 挿座底座692提供二個RJ-xx系列挿座,以685A及B整 體指示。該二個RJ-xx系列挿座685 A與68 5B之各者分別包 括一挿座685D與685E,其各緊密承接一RJ-XX系列揷頭。 揷座685D及E各設有樞轉卡軌68 7 A及B,以箭頭689 A之方向 樞轉。當於圖35A所示位置時,樞轉卡軌687A及B嚙合偏斜 夾與挿頭本體,並握持挿頭於操作位置,使RJ導線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297^2 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _ ϋ ϋ ----訂· — ^----!_緣^ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 456073 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ___B7___五、發明說明(56) A及B嚙合RJ挿頭所設之對應觸點。挿座底座685以箭頭 691之方向縮入與伸出導軌683,及而通訊卡〇 當RJ挿頭不連接時,卡軌採圖35C所例示之位置,而 揷座底座695爲縮入導軌683內(見圖35A) 〇圖35D爲挿座 底座695與卡軌6S7B之立面剖面圖,其顯示卡軌於一開啓 與閉合二者之構造。圖35D亦顯示揷座底座695及電路板 681與通訊卡之罩殼67 6間之關係〇業界技術熟練人員可達 成其他構造,供以納入本文所述構造,提供額外之特色或 增强業已說明或呈現之特色。圖35D亦包括一彈簧677之表 示,其可用作一偏轉機構,替代活動鉸鏈6β3Α (見圖35A-B ) 〇 業界技術熟練人員將體會到圖35A-D所示本發明具體 形式,以及本文所述其他圖形,於一或多個揷頭與一通 訊卡之間提供完成操作連接之構造與方法,其不需該通訊 卡內部過度之空間投入爲保留承接KJ挿頭之騰出空間,如 此容許更多之空間投入電子組件。 由於前述,將體會到本發明提供許多不同之通訊線路 挿座,供以使用於小型化通訊裝置,其中電觸點受遮蔽與 周圍環境隔離,且其抵抗破裂,且當不使用時其可移離路 徑〇本發明亦提供若損壞時可輕易更換之通訊線路挿座〇 再者,本發明之具體形式容許通訊卡內更多之空間投入其 他組件,例如主動電組件0本發明亦提供可迅即適應符合 各種通訊標準之通訊卡,且其可提供無線通訊0此外,本 發明亦提供一或多個RJ-χχ系列揷頭可連接至一通訊卡, (睛先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 A7 456073 _____B7______ 五、發明說明(57) 而該通訊卡之外部尺寸當該卡不使用時符合已確立之標準 ,且亦使該通訊線路挿座於該通訊卡佔有最小空間〇 本發明可具體化成其他特殊形式,而不脫離本發明之 精神或重要特性。所述具體形式於所有方面爲被視爲只爲 例示性,而非限制性〇因此,本發明範圍爲由所附申請專 利範圍而非前述說明所指示。於申請專利範圍同等之意函 與範圍內之所有變化爲包含於其範圍內〇 III----------------^illil — ί^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297 )This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Zhisha Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 5 6 0 7 3 A7 ----- B7 V. Description of invention (54) Self-recessed The appropriate set of conductors 666A-C is clearly illustrated in Figure 34E, and the signal can pass the structure between the RJ head 10 and the communication card 651. The structure illustrated in this article, and all the structures described herein, allows the communication card 651 to be used when not in use. The easy release of the deflection clip and the removal of the RJ head 10. The cross-sectional view of FIG. 34E shows that connecting to multiple RJ heads can be accomplished using less space in the communication card 651, which allows more space for the circuit board 665. At the same time, three or more RJ plugs are allowed to be connected to a computing device at the same time and conveniently. When the communication card is not used, the RJ plug 10 is removed, and the track rail 6S5 returns an arrow 663 to indicate its lowered position (Figure WE). 〇 Cover 657 returns to its closed position as illustrated in Figure 34D. You will appreciate that the specific form of the invention shown in Figures 34C-F accommodates three RJ-xx series plugs at the same time, and also provides substantial advantages over previously available devices. These advantages include, for example, electrical Components are covered when not in use Avoid damage; the overall length and thickness of the communication card are the best and are essentially within the PCMCIA standard; provide more space in the communication card for circuit boards and components; and components carrying current from communication lines are shielded from The surrounding environment is structured to make contact, thus preventing the contacts from being improperly shorted together or shorted to ground or transmitting current to the human body. Secondly, reference will be made to FIG. 35, which is a perspective view of a communication card with an overall indication of 680 according to the invention. Communication card 6 8 0 includes a retractable adaptor member 6 92, which provides two RJ-xx series adaptors, indicated as a whole by 684A and B. Each of the adaptors 6β4A and B is provided with pivoting rails 686A and B, which Pivot in the direction of arrow 688. When in the position shown in Figure 35, the pivoting rails 686A and B engage the body of the deflection clip and the RJ plug, and hold the RJ plug in the operating position so that a group of 68 6 A wire-engaged RJ plug indicated by A corresponds to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 -------------------- order-) -------- Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 45 60 73 A7 ____ B7 Description of the invention (5 5) Contacts. The receiver member 692 retracts and extends the communication card 6800 in the direction of the arrow 682. When the receiver member is retracted and extended, the communication card 680 is covered and allowed to connect with the wire. The components of the 686A for maintaining electrical continuity are shown in the box 690. Next, reference will be made to FIG. 35A, which is an exploded perspective view of a communication card, similar to the communication card 6 80 shown in FIG. 35, showing the main components included therein. In the exploded view of FIG. 35A, a circuit board receives a rail 6β30 and a post 683B on the rail 683 is received in a corresponding recess 681B of the circuit board 681. The track of the upper rail 6S3 on the circuit board is indicated by the shaded area 681A. The guide rail includes a deflection mechanism, such as a living hinge 6SSA (see also FIG. MA). Its function is to deflect a socket base 685 toward the end of the circuit board 681 and leave the cover of the communication card (not shown in FIGS. 35A-D). Shell (faces 35A-D are not shown). Socket base 68 5 travels to the end of the circuit board. It is subject to the corresponding stop 685C on the socket base 6S5 and the stop 683C on the guide rail 683 (see also Figure 35B). Limitations. As shown clearly in Figure 35A, the socket base 68 5 accurately stops at the contact tips 693 and B. Both will stop at the positions of the contact pads 694A and B on the circuit board 681, so that when the socket base 685 slides to the direction of arrow 691. At the most extended boundary, the required signal path is established between the components on the circuit board 681 and the RJ plug contacts 697A and B (see FIG. 35C). The socket base 692 provides two RJ-xx series sockets, which are indicated by 685A and B as a whole. Each of the two RJ-xx series sockets 685 A and 68 5B includes a socket 685D and 685E, respectively, each of which closely receives a RJ-XX series steamed bread. The stern seats 685D and E each have pivoting rails 68 7 A and B, which pivot in the direction of arrow 689 A. When in the position shown in Figure 35A, the pivoting rails 687A and B engage the deflection clip and the plug body, and hold the plug in the operating position, so that the paper size of the RJ wire applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 ^ 2 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) _ ϋ ϋ ---- Order · — ^ ----! _ 缘 ^ Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 456073 A7 Wisdom of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Property Bureau ___B7___ 5. Description of the invention (56) Corresponding contacts provided by A and B meshing RJ plugs. The socket base 685 retracts and extends the guide rail 683 in the direction of arrow 691, and the communication card 〇When the RJ plug is not connected, the card rail adopts the position illustrated in Figure 35C, and the pedestal base 695 is retracted into the guide rail 683 (see Figure 35A). Figure 35D is an elevational sectional view of the socket base 695 and the card rail 6S7B. It shows the construction of the card rail in an open and closed structure. Figure 35D also shows the relationship between the pedestal base 695 and the circuit board 681 and the cover of the communication card 676. Skilled personnel in the industry can reach other configurations for use in Incorporates the constructs described in this article to provide additional features or enhancements Figure 35D also includes a representation of a spring 677, which can be used as a deflection mechanism, instead of a movable hinge 6β3A (see Figures 35A-B). Skilled persons in the industry will appreciate the specificity of the invention shown in Figures 35A-D The form, as well as other graphics described herein, provides a structure and method for completing the operation connection between one or more gimmicks and a communication card, which does not require excessive space investment inside the communication card to make room for retaining the KJ plug Space, thus allowing more space to be put into electronic components. As mentioned above, it will be appreciated that the present invention provides many different communication line sockets for use in miniaturized communication devices, in which the electrical contacts are shielded from the surrounding environment and their Resists rupture, and can be removed from the path when not in use. The present invention also provides a communication line socket that can be easily replaced if damaged. Furthermore, the specific form of the present invention allows more space in the communication card to be put into other components, such as Active electrical components. The present invention also provides communication cards that can quickly adapt to various communication standards, and it can provide wireless communication. In addition, the present invention also provides Provide one or more RJ-χχ series steamed buns that can be connected to a communication card. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 A7 456073 _____B7______ V. Description of the invention (57) And the external dimensions of the communication card meet the established standards when the card is not in use, and also allows the communication line socket to occupy the smallest space on the communication card. The invention can be embodied in other special forms, Without departing from the spirit or important characteristics of the present invention. The specific forms described are to be considered in all respects only as illustrative and not restrictive. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is indicated by the scope of the appended patent application rather than the foregoing description. . The letter of intent to apply for the same scope of patents and all changes within the scope are included in its scope. IIIIII ---- illill — ί ^ (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for further information) Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297)

Claims (1)

456073 9 0.0 5.17.修正 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍456073 9 0.0 5.17. Amend A8 B8 C8 D8 嚷-#姿員明示年Γ.θ&gt;ν日所提之 經濟部智結財產局員工消費合作杜印34 普JL本有4變更實f 客ίί否#予#1.° 1. 一種用以承接具有偏斜夾之挿頭並用以與設於該揷 頭上至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接之裝置,該裝置包 含: 一通訊裝置,該通訊裝置具有一第一側邊,其尺寸實 質上不大於8毫米; 本體裝置,該本體裝置包括至少凹部 體裝置內,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使該揷頭 裝置設於該本 緊密承接於其 內 單元裝置,用以握持該本體; 握持裝置,可移動握持單元裝置實質上 使單元裝置與本體裝置可移出與揷入通訊 一模組; 放置爲 電觸點 放置爲 電觸點 傳 任何電 2 . 裝置包 3. 存取配 第一電 使當揷 完成電 第二電 使當揷 來完成 輸裝置 信號至 如申請 含一直 如申請 置包含 導線,設置於該凹部裝置內, 頭被承接於該凹部裝置時,其 連續性; 導線,設置於該凹部裝置內, 頭被承接於該凹部裝置時,其 電連續性;及 於通訊裝置內 裝置,如同單 該第一電導線 與揷頭內第一 該第二電導線 與揷頭內第二 供以傳輸出現於於第一與第二電觸點上之 該通訊裝置〇 專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置 接存取配置〇 專利範圍第2項所界定之裝置 一登錄音調過濾器〇 ,其中該單元 ,其中該直接 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再續寫本頁) -1 ^ 訂· ί-線· - 氏張乂度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公ί 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 4 5 6 0 7 3 b| D8 六、申請專利範圍 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置,其中該凹部 裝置包含至少—RJ_XX系列揷座。 5. 如申請專利範圔第1項所界定之裝置,其進一歩包 含伸縮裝置,用以將該本體裝置伸出與縮入該單元裝置〇 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項所界定之裝置,其中將該本 體裝置伸出與縮入之裝置進一步包含將該本體裝置握持於 伸出位置之裝置〇 7·如申請專利範圍第5項所界定之裝置,其進一步包 含將該本體裝置從單元裝置移除之裝置〇 S.如申請專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置,其進一步包 含一可擴張構件,位於該凹部裝置之第二端,可擴張構件 隔離第一與第二電觸點與周圔環境物體之電連練性*以防 止從一或多個第一與第二電觸點至出現於周圍環境物體之 電流通路。 9 ·如申請專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置,其中隔離裝 置包含一可擴張與可伸展膜片,錨定於於凹部裝置之第二 端部〇 10. 如申請專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置,其中該本體 包含一厚度,而其中可擴張裝置具有一第一位置於該本體 之厚度內,與一第二擴張位置於該本體之厚度外側,該可 擴張裝置被偏轉返回第一位置〇 11. 如申請專利範圍第1項所界定之裝置,其中該本體 裝置包含一第一側邊與一第二側邊,且其中該凹部包含一 具有三個牆壁之矩形凹部,該壁之朝向爲實質上垂直於第 旁匕張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ~~&quot; -62- (請先《讀背面之注意Ϋ項再填¾本頁) 訂· 4 5 6073 as C8 _____DS六、申請專利範圍 一側邊ο 12 如申請專利範圍第1:項所界定之裝置,其中該四個 牆壁包含一第一對平行相對牆壁,長度範圍各約〇 .265吋 至0.285吋,而第三 1 3 .如申請專利範 牆壁包含一第一對平 I 娌濟部智慧財產局眞工消費合作社印製 至〇·285吋 1 4 .如申 含可釋放地 1 5 ·如申 裝置包含一 步包含導件 16.—種 爲實質上不 資料存 信號; 實質上 裝置,使資 組;及‘ 於資料 裝置0 1 7 .如申 輸通訊信號 本體裝 ,而第三 請專利範 嚙合挿頭 請專利範 具有多個 ,於凹槽 通訊裝置 大於8毫 取裝置, 於通訊裝 料存取裝 牆壁長度範圍約〇 .45吋至0 . 圍第11項所界定之裝置,其 行相對牆壁,長度範圍各約 牆壁長度範圍約0.37 5吋至 圍第1項所界定之裝置,其 上偏斜夾之裝置〇 圍第1項所界定之裝置,其 凹槽之外殼,且其中該本體 內滑動0 4 7 5 吋 〇 中該四個 0 . 265 k吋 0 . 4 吋 〇 進一步包 中該單元 裝匱進一 ,該通訊裝置具有一第一側邊,尺寸 米,該通訊裝置包含:. 用以界接通訊裝置接收與產生之通訊 置內之可移動地握持資料存取裝置之 置可移離及揷入通訊裝置內成單一模 存取裝置與信號使用裝置之間傳輸通訊信號之 請專利範圍第16項所界定之通訊裝置》其中傳 之裝置包含: 置,該本體裝置包括至少一設於本體裝置之凹 t紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -*63 — 面 之 注 h 頁 訂 456073 AS B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 部裝置.,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使一挿頭緊密承接於其內 ------------I | --- (請先W讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 9 —第一電導線,設於該凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置 爲使當揷頭承接於該凹部裝置時,與挿頭內第一電觸點完 成電連練性; 一第二電導線,設於該凹部裝置,該第二電導線僉置 爲使當揷頭承接於該凹部裝置時,與揷頭內第二電觸點完 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點之任何電信號傳輸至該通 訊裝置之裝置。 1 8 ·如申請專利範圍第1 6項所界定之通訊裝置,其中傳 輸通訊信號之裝置包含天線〇 19 .如申請專利範圍第16項所界定之通訊裝置,其中傳 輸通訊信號之裝置包含: .線· 一電線;及 將該電線連接至一可攜式電話之裝置。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 2〇·—種通訊卡,供以使用於資料使用裝置,並供以承 接具有偏斜夾之RJ-xx系列揷頭,並供以與設於揷頭上之 至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 一第一表面; 一第二表面’該第二表面實質上平行該第一表面,並 形成該通訊卡之上與下表面; 一第一端部; 凹部裝置,設於第一端部,該凹部裝置方向實質上爲 Wfc尺度適用中固國家鮮(CNS)A4規格(2.10 X 297公変) ---- **64* 456073 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 垂直該上表面與該下表面,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使該揷 頭緊密承接於其內; 一第一電導線,設於該凹部裝置,該 爲使當揷頭被承接於凹部裝置時,.其與該 點完成電連續性; 一第二電導線,設於該凹部裝置,該 爲使當揷頭承接於凹部裝置時,其與挿頭 第一電導線放置 揷頭內第一電觸 第二電導線麁置 內第二電觸點完 成電連續性; 將出現於第一與 電觸點之任何電信號傳輸至該通 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) • 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 訊裝置之 一切 除部形狀 21 .-線路與安 電連接, 第一電聯 本體 第一 有尺寸爲 笛一 LAj _ _ 有尺寸爲 凹部裝置 一第 裝置;及 除部,形成 爲承接偏斜 種裝置,供 裝於計算裝 該通訊裝置 結,該裝匱 裝置,供以 凹部裝置, 使β J -3IX系 凹部裝置, 使RJ-XX系 於本體裝置 一電導線, 置爲使當KJ-xx系列 於鄰接凹部裝置之第一表面上,該切 夾。 以於一端具有RJ-xx系列揷頭之通訊 置內之通訊裝置之間提供一可移除之 具有一厚度實質上不大於8毫米與一 包含: ·ζ· 使用者抓攫; 第一凹部裝置具 內; 第二凹部裝置具 提供一表面,其可由 本體裝置,該 緊密承接於其 本體裝置,該 緊密承接於其內*第一與第二 設於該 列挿頭 設於該 列揷頭 內爲成 設於第 挿頭被 並列關係; 一凹部裝置,該第一電導線放 承接於第一凹部裝置時,其與 ‘紙張尺度適用申國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 一 65- 4 5 60 73 SI__ 六、申請專利範圍 該RJ-XX系列揷頭內第—電觸點完成電連績性; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再'丨+P?本頁) 一第二電導線,設於第一凹部裝置,該第二電導線放 置爲使當RJ-xx系列挿頭被承接於第一凹部裝置時,其與 該KJ.-xx系列挿頭內第二電觸點完成電連續性; —第三電導線,設於第二凹部裝置,該第三電導線放 置爲使當RJ-χχ系列挿頭被承接於第二凹部裝置時,其與 該RJ-xx系列揷頭內第一電觸點完成電連續性; 一第四電導線,設於第二凹部裝置,該第四電導線放 置爲使當RJ-χχ系列挿頭被承接於第二凹部裝置時,其與 該RJ-xx系列挿頭內第二電觸點完成電連續性; 聯結裝置,供以對第一電聯結完成可釋放之電連k, 該聯結裝置設本體裝置之一側邊上; 第一裝置,供以將出現於第一電導線上任何電信號 聯絡至聯結裝置; 第二裝置,供以將出現於第二電導線上任何電信號 聯絡至聯結裝置; 第三裝置,供以將出現於第三電導線上任何電信號 經濟部智,#財產局員工消費合作杜印制π 聯絡至聯結裝置;及 第四裝置,供以將出現於第四電導線上任何電信號 聯絡至聯結裝置0 22 .如申請專利範圍第21項所界定之裝置,其中該本體 裝置包含一塑膠材料〇 23 .如申請專利範圍第21項所界定之裝置,其中該第一 凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使一 RJ-11揷頭緊密承接於其內〇 本紙張尺度適用令國囤家標準(CNS)A,1規格do χ 297 45 60 73 A8 R8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 ----------.-----裝—— -VVJ- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再垓k本頁) 24 .如申請專利範圍第23項所界定之裝置,其中該第二 凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使一 RJ-45挿頭緊密承接於其內〇 25.如申請專利範圍第21項所界定之裝置,其進一步包 含: 一第五電導線,設於第一凹部裝置,該第五電導線放 置爲使當系列挿頭被承接於第一凹部裝置時,其與 該RJ-xx系列揷頭內第三電觸點完成電連續性; 一第六電導線,設於第一凹部裝置,該第六電導線放 置爲使當RJ-χχ系列挿頭被承接於第一凹部裝置時,其與 該RJ-xx系列挿頭內第四電觸點完成電連續性; 一第七電導線,設於第二凹部裝置,該第七電導線\放 置爲使當RJ-xx系列挿頭被承接於第二凹部裝置時,其與 該R J -X X系列揷頭內第三電觸點完成電連續性; -線· —第八電導線,設於第二凹部裝置,該第八電導線放 置爲使當KJ-xx系列揷頭被承接於第二凹部裝置時,其與 該RJ-xx系列揷頭內第四電觸點完成電連練性; 經濟部智慧財產局ΪΚ工消費合作社印製 第五裝置,供以將出現於第五電導線上任何電信號聯 絡至聯結裝置; 第六裝置,供以將出現於第六電導線上任何電信號聯 絡至聯結裝置; 第七裝置,供以將出現於第七電導線上任何電信號聯 絡至聯結裝置; 第八裝置,供以將出現於第八電導線上任何電信號聯 絡至聯結裝置〇 本紙張尺度適用t國四家楳準&lt;CNS)AO見格(210x297^^ 45 60 73 Λ8 R8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 26.—種可攜卡 容卡槽之資料使用 承接具有偏斜 揷頭上之 當可 卡之裝置 27 .如 記憶卡包 2 8.如 包含用以 二記憶卡 緊密快閃 ,供以使用於包括有一PCMCIA類型W相 裝置,該卡包含: 夾之R«J-Xx系列挿頭之裝置,以與設於 與第二電觸點完成電連接;及 攜卡配置於PCMCIA類型1B卡槽內時承接第一記憶 至少第 申請專利範圍第26項所界定之可攜卡,其中第一 含一非依電性記憶卡〇 申請專利範圍第26項所界定之可攜卡,其進一步 在可攜卡配置於PCMCIA類型1JJ卡槽時同時承接第 及第一記憶卡之裝置,第一與第二記憶卡遵照由 記憶標準與小型卡標準所組成群組中選出之標準 閱 讀 背 之 注 項 再 埗 寫 本 頁 經濟部智U財產局員工消費合作社印焚 〇 29 . 具有偏 與第二 座與一 30 · 如申請 斜夾之 電觸點 種通 承接具有偏斜 至少第一與第 一樞轉蓋 一開啓位置與 凹部裝置 內承接揷頭, 專利範圍第26項所界定之可攜卡, RJ-Xx系列揷頭並與設於挿頭上之 完成電連接之裝置包含一第一 RJ-x -XX 系列揷座。 訊卡,供以使用於一資料使用裝置 夾之RJ-χχ系列挿頭,並供以與設 二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: ,設於該通訊卡之第一端部,該樞 閉合位置; ,當樞轉蓋爲於開啓位置時,供以 該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使揷頭被緊 其中承接 至少第一 X系列揷 ,並供以 於揷頭上 轉蓋具有 於樞轉蓋 密承接於 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準&lt;CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公) 45 60 73 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範園 其內; 使當揷 成電連 使當揷 成電連 傳 置之裝 31 . 第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 頭被承 績性; 第二電 頭被承 續性; 輸任何 置〇 一種通 導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,其與挿頭內第二電觸點完 及 出現於第一與第二電觸點之電信號至計算裝 訊卡,供以使用於一資料使用裝置,並供以 承接具有偏斜夾之KJ -XX系列挿頭,並供以與設於挿頭上 至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 一樞轉蓋,設於通訊卡之第一端部,該樞轉蓋具有一 開啓位置與一 凹部裝置 有尺寸爲使挿 讀· 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 I t 訂 經濟部智慧財產局3X-消费合作社印製 使當挿頭被承 成電連績性; 一第二電 頭被承 續性; —底座, 孔於其內,其 使當揷 成電連 閉合位置; ,形成於通訊卡之第一端部,該凹部裝置具 頭被緊密承接於其內; 第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸鮎完 導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,·其與揷頭內第二電觸點完 樞轉附接通訊卡之第一端部,該底座有一開 適合承接挿頭上之一夾,使保持與揷頭之操 Μ氏张AL度i(S用中1¾闼家#準(CNS)A,1覘格⑵0 X 297 Λ 45 60 73 Λ8 B8 S__ 六、申請專利範圍 作性連接;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至資 料使用裝置之裝置。 3 2.如申請專利範圍第31項所界定之通訊卡,其中當於 其等之閉合位置時,樞轉蓋與底座二者皆部份配置於該凹 部裝置內〇 33.如申請專利範圍第31項所界定之通訊卡,其進—步 包含於閉合位置偏轉底座之裝置〇 如申請專利範圍第31項所界定之通訊卡,其中該樞 轉蓋被附接鄰接於該通訊卡第一端部之下綠,並鄰接於凹 部裝置。 35.如申請專利範圍第31項所界定之通訊卡,其中該凹 部裝置於通訊卡之第一端部包含一矩形凹部〇 36 .如申請專利範圍第31項所界定之通訊卡,其中該揷 頭包含一挿頭爲由RJ-11、RJ-12、與RJ-45挿頭所組成之 群組中選出。 37·—種通訊連接器,供以使用於一資料使用裝置,並 供以承接具有偏斜夾之RJ-XX系列挿頭,並供以與設於揷 頭上至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 一抽屜,該抽屜放置於資料使用裝置之一端部上; 將抽屜縮入與伸出該資料使用裝置之裝置,該抽屉具 有一第一伸出開啓位置與一第二縮入位置; 凹部裝置,供以握持該挿頭,該凹部形成於該抽屜內 ,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使揷頭沿至少揷頭三側邊之一部 氏尺度適用十關家標準(CNSM伐格C2.10X297公爱) ' -70- (靖先閱讀背面之注意事項再浪良本頁) -:.¼ 訂: --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 4 5 6073 Λ8 C8 D8六、申請專利範圍 分被緊密承接於其內; 一第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 經濟部智毬財產局員工消費合作杜印製 使當挿 成電連 使當揷 成電連 ,其適 時,保 將 料使用 38 . 該抽履 中當抽 39 . 一步包 40 . 該樞轉 於該凹 41 . 一步包 屜於其 42 . 頭被承 續性; 第二電 頭被承 績性; 底座, 合承接 持與挿 出現於 裝置之 如申請 具有V 屜縮入 如申請 含於閉 如申請 蓋爲附 部裝置 如申請 含偏轉 縮入位 如申請 導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第二電觸點完 樞轉附接於該抽屜,該底座有一開孔於其內 挿頭上之一夾,使當揷頭被承接於凹部裝置 頭之操作性連接;及 第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至資 裝置〇 專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 型剖面,且其中該底座具有V型剖面,且其 資料使用裝置內時,該底座與該抽屜配對〇 專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其進 合位置偏轉該握夾具之裝置〇 專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 接鄰接於通訊卡之第一端部之下綠,並鄰接 〇 專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其進 抽屜至其伸出位置之裝置,與選擇性握持抽 置之裝置〇 專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再铲^-本頁) 裝 訂: ΤΓ 1··.· 線. 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2Κ)χ 297 A8 B8 C8 D8 456073 六、申請專利範圍 該凹部裝置包含一矩形凹部形成於該抽屜內〇 V (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再頊寫本頁) 43 .如申請專利範圍第37項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 該揷頭包含一揷頭爲由RJ-n、RJ-12、與RJ-45挿頭所組 成之群組中選出。 44. 一種通訊卡,供以使用於一資料使用裝置,並供以 承接具有偏斜夾之RJ-χχ系列揷頭,並供以與設於揷頭上 至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 一滑動抽屜,設於通訊卡之第一端部,該滑動抽屜具 有一開啓位置與一閉合位置; 凹部裝置,當滑動抽屜爲於開啓位置時供以承接滑動 抽屜內之揷頭,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使挿頭被緊密承接 於其內; —第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 成電連續性; 經濟部智慧財產局眞工消馋合作社印製 一第二電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與挿頭內第二電觸點完 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至計 算機裝置之裝置0 45. —種通訊連接器,供以使用於一通訊裝置,並供以 承接具有偏斜夾之RJ_XX系列揷頭,並供以與設於揷頭上 至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 一滑動柚屉,設於通訊卡之第一端部,該滑動抽屜具 氏張尺度洎用中囤國家標準(CNS&gt;A4規格(210x297公楚) 經濟部智慧財產局只工消費合作社印焚 456073 I _ Π8 六、申請專利範圍 有一開啓位置與一閉合位置; 凹部裝置,當滑動抽屜爲於開啓位置時供以承接滑動 抽屜內之揷頭,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使挿頭被緊密承接 於其內; —底部,形成於滑動抽屜上; 當抽屜爲於開啓位置時將該底部由.滑動抽屜移出之裝 置; 一第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與挿頭內第一電觸點完 成電連繽性; —第二電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 使當揷頭被承接於凹部裝置時,.其與揷頭內第二電觸點完 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至通^ 訊裝置之裝置〇 46. 如申請專利範圍第45項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 該通訊裝置包含一PCMCIA類型IH順從性通訊卡。 47. 如申請專利範圍第45項所界定之通訊連接器,其中 滑動抽屜當於其開啓位置時爲仲出該通訊卡。 4 8.如申請專利範圍第45項所界定之通訊連接器,其進 一步包含當挿頭未承接於滑動抽屜內時將該底部偏轉至一 緊密組態之裝置〇 49. 一種通訊卡,供以使用於一資料使用裝置,並供以 承接具有偏斜夾之RJ -XX系列揷頭,並供以與設於揷頭上 本紙張尺度適用中國囤家標準(CNSM4规格&lt;210x297公釐) -7 3- 1 n n I n n n n n n n u I ϋ. n I I * ! I I n IT I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再頊a·本頁) 4 3 7 Au 6 5 8 0C89P ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 至少第t與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一第一顎夾,設於通訊卡之第一端部上; —第二顎夾,設於通訊卡之第一端部上; 將第一顎夾與第二顎夾於伸出通訊卡之第一位置與縮 入通訊卡之第二放置之間移動之裝置; 凹部裝置,供以承接該揷頭,該凹部裝置由第一顎夾 與第二顎夾間之空間所形成,且當第一與第二顎夾於其等 之第一伸出位置時由第一顎夾與第二顎夾所限制,該凹部 裝置具有尺寸爲使揷頭被緊密承接於其內; 一第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 成電連縯性; 一第二電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第二電觸點完\ 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至資 料使用裝置之裝置〇 經濟部·ί?.ϊέ·財產局員工消費合作社印製 50 .如申請專利範圍第49項所界定之通訊卡,該通訊卡 遵照PCMCI A標準〇 51,如申請專利範圍第49項所界定之通訊卡,其中該凹 部裝置緊密承接一 RJ-xx系列挿頭。 52·如申請專利範圍第W項所界定之通訊卡,其中該移 動裝置包含將第一顎夾與第二顎夾移入移出通訊卡之裝置 ,而該第一顎夾與第二顎夾實質上朝向彼此平行,與樞轉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297 A8 5 6073_1 六、申請專利範圍 第一顎夾與第二顎夾彼此離開之裝置。 m n I II ϋ I I i n n n 9 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填^本頁) 5 3 .—種通訊卡,供以使用於一資料使用裝置,並供以 承接具有偏斜夾之RJ -XX系列挿頭,並供以與設於挿頭上 至少第一與第二電觸點完成電連接,其包含: 凹部裝置*供以承接揷頭,該凹部裝置具有尺寸爲使 揷頭被緊密承接於其內; 以一角度方向旋轉凹部裝置之裝置,該角度方向爲由 90度、180度、與27 0度所組成之群組中選出,同時與揷頭 保持操作性連接; 一第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 成電連續性; 一第二電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第二電觸點完 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至計 算機裝置之裝置〇 經濟部智,«財產局M.X-消伢合作社印製 54.—種通訊卡,供以使用於包括有PCMCIA類型111卡槽 之資料使用裝置,該通訊卡供以承接具有偏轉夾之KJ-XX 系列揷頭,並供以與設於揷頭上至少第一與第二電觸點完 成電連接,該通訊卡包含·· --^本體; 多個導線,形成於卡本體之第一端部; 一外殼,形成於卡本體之第一端部,外殻仲出與縮入 紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSM4规格(210 X 297公潑&quot; -75- 456073 A8 RB C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 卡本體之第一端部; 一凹部,形成於該外殼以承接挿頭; 一抓取構件,適合握持該偏斜夾; 移動抓取構件之裝置,使凹部擴大以緊密承接揷頭, 並嚙合偏斜夾,使揷頭上之觸點操作性接觸卡本體各自之 導線; 一卡本體之第二端部,對PCMCIA類型III卡槽完成連接; 一通訊裝置,罩覆於卡本體內; 各導線進一步包含: 一第一電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第一電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝置時,其與揷頭內第一電觸點完 成電連續性; 一第二電導線,設於凹部裝置,該第二電導線放置爲 使當挿頭被承接於凹部裝匿時,其與揷頭內第二電觸點完 成電連續性;及 將出現於第一與第二電觸點上之任何電信號傳輸至通 訊裝置之裝置〇 55.—種PC卡,供以使用於包括有PCMCIA類型111卡槽之 資料使用裝置,其包含: 一上表面; 一下表面; 於上表面與下表面之間承接一磁碟之裝置;及 當PC卡被揷入卡槽內時,將出現於磁碟上之資料傳輸 至資料使用裝置之裝置。 本紙张KJiiiS用中國囤家標準(CNS)A4规格(2K) X 297会 ------------v^.--------訂----1----線 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) f 經濟邡&quot;迖时產局 PKr-;l,iiv'&quot;i1;f-L,:,,K 45 6073 π! C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 56. 如申請專利範圍第55項所界定之PC卡,其中該磁碟 包含尺寸約2.16吋X1.98吋Χ〇·〇77吋之碟厘。 57. —種供使用於資料使用裝置之通訊連接器’該通訊 連接器包含: 一挿座構件; —挿座,於挿座構件內,其緊密承接一 RJ_XX挿頭; —卡軌構件,放置環繞該揷座,該卡軌構件具有一第 一折疊位置與一第二開啓位置,當卡軌構件爲於其第二開 放啓位置時該RJ-xx揷頭通過卡軌構件; 多個觸點,形成於該揷座內,該多個觸點係放置成與 R J - X X挿頭內之對應觸點配對,且於其間傳輸信號’· 伸縮裝置,當卡軌構件在其第一閉合位置時’將該揷 座構件縮入資料使用裝置內,並供以將將該挿座構件伸出 資料使用裝置,使該揷座構件當於其縮入位置時至少爲部 份隱蔽,且當該挿座構件爲於其伸出位置時保持與EJ~XX 揷頭操作性接觸〇 58. 如申請專利範圍第S7項所界定供使用於資料使用裝 置之通訊連接器,其中該資料使用裝置包含—PC+ 〇 59. 如申請專利範圍第57項所界定供使用於資料使用裝 置之通訊連接器,其中該揷頭爲由1^-11、RJ_12、 與RJ-45揷頭所組成之群組中選出。 60 .如申請專利範圍第57項所界定供使用於資料使用裝 置之通訊連接器,其進一步包含偏轉該揷座構件至其伸出 位置之裝置〇 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂: -線'嚷-# 姿 员 明示 年 Γ.θ &gt; ν Japan ’s Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Employee Consumption Cooperation, Du Yin, 34, JL, etc. There are 4 changes in actuality. 客 ίί ### 1. 1. A device for receiving a plug with an oblique clip and used to complete electrical connection with at least first and second electrical contacts provided on the hoe. The device includes: a communication device having a first side and a size Substantially not more than 8 mm; a body device including at least a recessed body device having a size such that the hoe device is disposed in the book and closely received within the unit device for holding the body; Holding device, the mobile holding unit device essentially enables the unit device and the body device to be removed and inserted into a communication module; placed as an electrical contact, placed as an electrical contact to pass any electricity 2. Device package 3. Access distribution The first electric dynamo completes the second electric dynamo to complete the transmission of the device signal to the continuity of the device when the application includes the same as the application, and the wire is placed in the recessed device, and the head is received in the recessed device;Wire, provided in the recessed device, the electrical continuity when the head is received in the recessed device; and the device in the communication device, as if the first electrical lead and the first second electrical lead and The second device in the head is used to transmit the communication device appearing on the first and second electrical contacts. The device access configuration as defined in item 1 of the patent scope. The device-registration tone as defined in item 2 of the patent scope. Filter 〇, where the unit, which should be direct (please read the precautions on the back before continuing on this page) -1 ^ Order · ί-Thread ·-The Zhang Zhang degree applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 The consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China printed 4 5 6 0 7 3 b | D8 VI. Scope of patent application 4. The device as defined in item 1 of the scope of patent application, where the recessed device contains at least -RJ_XX series 5. The device as defined in item 1 of the patent application scope further includes a telescopic device for extending and retracting the body device into the unit device. Defining The device for extending and retracting the main body device further includes a device for holding the main body device in the extended position. The device as defined in item 5 of the patent application scope further includes the main body device. The device removed from the unit device. The device as defined in item 1 of the patent application scope further comprises an expandable member at the second end of the recessed device, the expandable member isolates the first and second electrical contacts. The electrical continuity of points and environmental objects * to prevent current paths from one or more first and second electrical contacts to objects in the surrounding environment. 9 · Device as defined in item 1 of the scope of patent applications , Where the isolation device includes an expandable and extensible diaphragm, anchored to the second end of the recessed device. 10. As defined in item 1 of the scope of the patent application, the body includes a thickness, and the The expansion device has a first position within the thickness of the body, and a second expansion position outside the thickness of the body. The expandable device is deflected back to the first position. The device defined in the first item of the scope, wherein the body device includes a first side edge and a second side edge, and wherein the recessed portion includes a rectangular recessed portion having three walls, and the direction of the wall is substantially perpendicular to the first The size of the side dagger is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ~~ &quot; -62- (Please read "Notes on the back side before filling this page ¾") · 4 5 6073 as C8 _____DS VI. One side of the scope of patent application ο 12 The device as defined in the scope of patent application item 1: wherein the four walls include a first pair of parallel opposite walls with a length ranging from about 0.265 inches to 0.285 inches each. And the third 13. If the patent application wall contains a first pair of flat I printed by the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to 0 · 285 inches 1 4. If the application contains a releasable place 15. Such as a device Contains a step including a guide 16.—A kind of material that does not store data in a signal; a device that uses material in essence; and a device in the data device 0 1 7 Please have multiple patents, The device is larger than 8 millimeters. The length of the wall for communication loading and unloading is about 0.45 inches to 0. The device defined in item 11 is opposite to the wall, and the length is about 0.37 5 inches each. To the device defined in item 1, the device on which the clip is slanted. The device defined in item 1, the grooved shell, and the body sliding in the body 0 4 7 5 inch 0 the four 0 265 k inch 0.4 inch. The unit is further packed in a package. The communication device has a first side and a size of meters. The communication device includes: The device that can move and hold the data access device can be removed and inserted into the communication device to form a single-mode access device and a signal using device for transmitting communication signals. The transmission device includes: device, the body device includes at least one concave paper size provided in the body device, applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)-* 63 — face note h page order 456073 AS B8 C 8 D8 VI. Patent application range device. The recess device has a size so that a plug can be tightly received in it ------------ I | --- (Please read the note on the back first (Please fill in this page again for details) 9 — The first electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and the first electrical lead is placed so that when the hoe is received in the recessed device, the electrical connection with the first electrical contact in the plug is completed. A second electrical lead wire provided in the recessed device, the second electrical lead wire being arranged so that when the hoe is received in the recessed device, electrical continuity with the second electrical contact in the hoe is completed; and will appear in Any electrical signals of the first and second electrical contacts are transmitted to the device of the communication device. 1 8 · The communication device as defined in item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein the device for transmitting communication signals includes an antenna 019. The communication device as defined in item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein the device for transmitting communication signals includes: A wire; and a device for connecting the wire to a portable telephone. The Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed 20 ·· types of communication cards for use in data-using devices, and for receiving RJ-xx series gimmicks with skewed clips. At least the first and second electrical contacts are electrically connected, and include: a first surface; a second surface; the second surface is substantially parallel to the first surface, and forms the upper and lower surfaces of the communication card; A first end portion; a recessed device is provided at the first end portion, and the direction of the recessed device is substantially Wfc standard, applicable to China Solid State Fresh (CNS) A4 specification (2.10 X 297 cm) ---- ** 64 * 456073 A8 B8 C8 D8, the scope of patent application is perpendicular to the upper surface and the lower surface, the recessed device has a size so that the hoe is tightly received therein; a first electrical wire is provided in the recessed device, which is to make When the hoe is received in the recessed device, it completes electrical continuity with the point; a second electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, so that when the hoe is received in the recessed device, it is connected to the first electrical lead of the plug. Place the first electrical contact in the hoe and the second electrical conductance The second electrical contact within the wire set completes electrical continuity; any electrical signals appearing on the first and electrical contacts are transmitted to the channel (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) • Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The shape of the cut-out part 21, one of the printed information devices of the employee's consumer cooperative, is connected to Andian, the first main body of the Union has a size of flute LAj _ _, and a size of a recessed device, a first device; and a division, which forms In order to accept a skewed device, the device is installed in a computing device, and the device is provided with a recessed device. The β J -3IX series is a recessed device, and the RJ-XX is connected to an electrical lead of the body device. When the KJ-xx series is on the first surface of the adjacent recessed device, the cutting clips are made. To provide a removable communication device with a RJ-xx series hoe on one end with a thickness of substantially no greater than 8 mm and a cover including: ζ user grip; first recessed device The second recessed device provides a surface, which can be a body device, which is tightly received by the body device, which is tightly received therein. The first and the second are provided in the row of plugs and are provided in the row of steamers. It is arranged in a side-by-side relationship with the first plug; a recessed device, when the first electrical lead is placed on the first recessed device, it conforms to the national paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) of the paper 65- 4 5 60 73 SI__ VI. Scope of patent application Sixth in the RJ-XX series of hoe—Electric contacts complete the electrical performance; (Please read the precautions on the back before '丨 + P? This page) First Two electric wires are provided in the first recessed device, and the second electric wire is placed so that when the RJ-xx series plug is received in the first recessed device, it completes with the second electrical contact in the KJ.-xx series plug Electrical continuity;-a third electrical lead, located at the Two recessed devices, the third electrical lead is placed so that when the RJ-χχ series plug is received in the second recessed device, it completes electrical continuity with the first electrical contact in the RJ-xx series steamed bun; a fourth An electric wire is provided in the second recessed device, and the fourth electric wire is placed so that when the RJ-χχ series plug is received in the second recessed device, it is electrically continuous with the second electrical contact in the RJ-xx series plug Connection device for providing a releasable electrical connection k to the first electrical connection, the connection device being provided on one side of the body device; the first device for connecting any electrical signal appearing on the first electrical wire to Coupling device; second device for connecting any electric signal appearing on the second electric wire to the coupling device; third device for any electric signal appearing on the third electric wire Du printed π connected to the coupling device; and a fourth device for connecting any electrical signal appearing on the fourth electrical lead to the coupling device 0 22. The device as defined in the scope of patent application No. 21, wherein the body is installed Contains a plastic material. The device as defined in item 21 of the patent application scope, wherein the first recessed device has a size so that an RJ-11 hoe is tightly received therein. This paper size applies the national standard (CNS) A, 1 size do χ 297 45 60 73 A8 R8 C8 D8 VI. Application scope of patent ----------.----- installation--VVJ- (Please read the Please note this page again) 24. The device as defined in item 23 of the scope of patent application, wherein the second recessed device has a size so that an RJ-45 plug is tightly received therein. 25 The device defined in item 21 further includes: a fifth electrical lead wire provided in the first recessed device, and the fifth electrical lead wire is placed so that when the series plug is received in the first recessed device, it and the RJ-xx The third electrical contact in the series of hoes completes electrical continuity; a sixth electrical lead is provided in the first recessed device, and the sixth electrical lead is placed so that when the RJ-χχ series plug is received in the first recessed device, It completes electrical continuity with the fourth electrical contact in the RJ-xx series plug; a seventh electrical The wire is provided in the second recessed device, and the seventh electric wire is placed so that when the RJ-xx series plug is received in the second recessed device, it completes the electrical connection with the third electrical contact in the RJ-XX series hoe. Continuity;-Eighth electric wire, provided in the second recessed device, the eighth electric wire is placed so that when the KJ-xx series hoe is received in the second recessed device, it and the RJ-xx series The fourth electrical contact in the steamed bread completes the electrical training; the fifth property is printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the fifth device is used to connect any electrical signal appearing on the fifth electrical wire to the connection device; the sixth device, For connecting any electric signal appearing on the sixth electric lead to the coupling device; seventh means for connecting any electric signal appearing on the seventh electric lead to the coupling device; eighth means for connecting to the eighth conductance Any electrical signal on the line is connected to the coupling device. This paper size is applicable to the four national standards of the country &lt; CNS) AO see the grid (210x297 ^^ 45 60 73 Λ8 R8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope 26.-a variety of portable card capacity Card slot data usage contract A device with a decent hoe as a cocoa 27. Such as a memory card package 2 8. If it contains a compact flash for two memory cards for use in a device that includes a PCMCIA type W-phase device, the card contains: «J-Xx series plug device to complete the electrical connection with the second electrical contact; and to carry the first memory when the card is placed in the PCMCIA type 1B card slot as defined in item 26 of the scope of patent application Portable cards, the first of which contains a non-dependent memory card. The portable card defined in item 26 of the scope of patent application, which further accepts the first and first memories when the portable card is configured in the PCMCIA type 1JJ card slot. The device of the card, the first and second memory cards follow the notes read from the standard selected from the group consisting of memory standards and small card standards, and then write this page. With offset and second seat and a 30 · If the electrical contact of the oblique clip is applied, it can be used to receive at least the first and the first pivot cover with an open position and the hoe in the recess device, the scope of the patent is 26 In the portable card defined in the item, the RJ-Xx series hoe and the device for electrical connection with the plug are provided with a first RJ-x-XX series socket. A communication card for RJ-χχ series plugs used in a data-use device clip and for complete electrical connection with two electrical contacts, comprising:, provided at the first end of the communication card, the pivot closed Position; when the pivot cover is in the open position, the recess device has a size so that the hoe is tightly received therein to receive at least the first X series of cymbals, and is provided on the hoe to have a close cover on the pivot cover Applicable to this paper standard: Chinese National Standard &lt; CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 male) 45 60 73 B8 C8 D8 Patent Application Park; Dangcheng Electric Co., Ltd. Dangcheng Electric Co., Ltd. 31 . The first electric wire is provided in the recessed device, and when the first electric wire is placed to be connected to the recessed device, it is endurable with the first electrical contact in the hoe; the second electric head is continuity; Any type of conductive wire is provided in the recessed device. When the second electrical wire is placed in the recessed device, it is completed with the second electrical contact in the plug and appears in the first and second electrical contacts. Signal to compute card for use in a data It is provided for receiving KJ-XX series plugs with skewed clips, and is used to complete the electrical connection with at least first and second electrical contacts provided on the plug, which includes: a pivot cover, which is provided on the communication card At the first end, the pivot cover has an open position and a recessed device with dimensions for reading. · Read the note on the back first. I order the 3X-Consumer Cooperative Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to print when the plug is made. Electrical performance; a second electrical head is continuity;-a base with holes in it, which makes the electrical connection closed position; formed at the first end of the communication card, the recess is equipped with a head It is tightly received in it; the first electric wire is provided in the recessed device, and when the first electric wire is placed to be connected to the recessed device, it is connected with the first electric contact in the hoe, and the second electric wire is provided in the recessed device, and the second When the electric wire is placed to be connected to the recessed device, it is pivotally attached to the first end of the communication card with the second electric contact in the hoe. The base has a clip suitable for receiving a plug on the plug, so that Head operation M's Zhang AL degree i (S used in 1¾ 闼 家 # 准(CNS) A, 1 grid 0 X 297 Λ 45 60 73 Λ8 B8 S__ VI. Patent application scope for sexual connection; and transmission of any electrical signals appearing on the first and second electrical contacts to the data using device 3. The communication card as defined in item 31 of the scope of patent application, wherein when in its closed position, both the pivot cover and the base are partially arranged in the recessed device. 33. If a patent is applied for The communication card defined in the scope item 31 further includes a device for deflecting the base in a closed position. The communication card defined in the scope of the patent application scope item 31, wherein the pivot cover is attached adjacent to the communication card area. One end is green and abuts the recessed device. 35. A communication card as defined in item 31 of the scope of patent application, wherein the recessed device includes a rectangular recess on the first end of the communication card. 36. A communication card as defined in item 31 of the scope of patent application, wherein: The header contains a plug selected from the group consisting of RJ-11, RJ-12, and RJ-45 plugs. 37 · —A communication connector for use in a data use device, and for receiving RJ-XX series plugs with skewed clips, and for completion with at least first and second electrical contacts on the hoe The electrical connection includes: a drawer placed on one end of the data using device; a device for retracting and extending the drawer into the data using device, the drawer having a first extended open position and a second retracted A recessed device for holding the plug, the recessed portion being formed in the drawer, the recessed device having a size such that the hoe is applied to at least one of the three sides of the hoe, and the standard of the family is applicable (CNSM cutting Grid C2.10X297 public love) '-70- (Jing first read the precautions on the back and then langliang page)-:. ¼ Order: --line- printed by the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 4 5 6073 Λ8 C8 D8 VI. The scope of patent application is tightly received in it; a first electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and when the first electrical lead is placed in the recessed device, it completes with the first electrical contact in the hoe. Consumption Cooperation among Employees of Zhizheng Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed when plugged into an electrical connection, when it is connected into an electrical connection, it is timely to ensure that the material is used 38. The pumping should be 39. One step package 40. The pivot is in the recess 41. One step drawer is at 42. The head is continuity; the second electric head is continuity; the base, together with the holder and the plug appear on the device, if the application has a V drawer indentation, such as the application is included in the closed, such as the application cover as an attachment device, such as the application with deflection When applying the lead in place, it is set in the recessed device. When the second electrical lead is placed in the recessed device, it is pivotally attached to the drawer with the second electrical contact in the hoe, and the base has an opening in it. A clip on the inner plug, so that when the hoe is operatively connected to the head of the recessed device; and any electrical signals on the first and second electrical contacts are transmitted to the device. Communication defined in item 37 of the patent scope The connector has a medium profile, and the base has a V-shaped profile, and when the data is used in the device, the base is paired with the drawer. The communication connector defined in item 37 of the patent scope deflects the grip. Device of fixture 0 patent The communication connector defined in item 37, which is adjacent to the green end under the first end of the communication card, and adjacent to the communication connector defined in item 37 of the patent scope, enters the drawer to its extended position. Device, and the device with selective holding and extraction. The communication connector defined in item 37 of the patent scope, among which (please read the precautions on the back before shoveling ^-this page). Binding: ΤΓ 1 ···· line. The paper size of the table applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2K) x 297 A8 B8 C8 D8 456073 VI. Patent application scope The recessed device includes a rectangular recess formed in the drawer 0V (Please read the precautions on the back before (Written on this page) 43. The communication connector is defined in item 37 of the scope of patent application, wherein the hoe includes a hoe in a group of RJ-n, RJ-12, and RJ-45 plugs Elected. 44. A communication card for use in a data-using device, and for receiving RJ-χχ series steamed buns with skewed clips, and for providing electricity with at least first and second electrical contacts provided on the steamed buns The connection includes: a sliding drawer provided at the first end of the communication card, the sliding drawer having an open position and a closed position; a recessed device for receiving the inside of the sliding drawer when the sliding drawer is in the open position Head, the recessed device has a size so that the plug is tightly received therein;-a first electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, the first electrical lead is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, it and the The first electrical contact completes the electrical continuity; the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints a second electrical wire provided in the recessed device, and the second electrical wire is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, It completes electrical continuity with the second electrical contact in the plug; and a device for transmitting any electrical signal appearing on the first and second electrical contacts to the computer device. 45. A communication connector for use A communication device for receiving RJ_XX series steamed buns with skewed clips, and for electrical connection with at least first and second electrical contacts provided on the steamed buns, including: a sliding grapefruit drawer, which is arranged at At the first end of the communication card, the sliding drawer has a national standard (CNS &gt; A4 size (210x297)) for the use of the scale. The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs only works with consumer cooperatives and prints 456073 I _ Π8. Patent application The range has an open position and a closed position; a recessed device for receiving the hoe in the sliding drawer when the sliding drawer is in the open position, the recessed device has a size so that the plug is tightly received therein;-the bottom is formed in A sliding drawer; a device for removing the bottom from the sliding drawer when the drawer is in the open position; a first electrical lead provided in the recessed device, the first electrical lead placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, It completes electrical connection with the first electrical contact in the plug;-A second electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and the second electrical lead is placed so that when the hoe is received in the recessed device At the time, it completes electrical continuity with the second electrical contact in the hoe; and the device that transmits any electrical signal appearing on the first and second electrical contacts to the communication device. 46. If the scope of patent application The communication connector defined in item 45, wherein the communication device includes a PCMCIA-type IH-compliant communication card. 47. The communication connector defined in item 45 of the scope of patent application, wherein the sliding drawer is in its open position The communication card is out. 4 8. The communication connector as defined in item 45 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a device that deflects the bottom to a tight configuration when the plug is not received in a sliding drawer. 49. A Communication card for use in a data-using device, and for receiving RJ-XX series steamed buns with skewed clips, and for the paper size set on the steamed buns. Applicable to Chinese standards (CNSM4 specification &lt; 210x297) Mm) -7 3- 1 nn I nnnnnnnu I ϋ. N II *! II n IT II (Please read the precautions on the back before 顼 a · this page) 4 3 7 Au 6 5 8 0C89P ABCD VI. Apply for a patent Range at least t and th The electrical contact completes the electrical connection, which includes: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A first jaw clip, located on the first end of the communication card;-a second jaw clip, located on the communication card A first end portion; a device for moving the first jaw clamp and the second jaw clamp between a first position extending the communication card and a second placing retracting the communication card; a recessed device for receiving the hoe The recess device is formed by the space between the first jaw clamp and the second jaw clamp, and is held by the first jaw clamp and the second jaw clamp when the first and second jaw clamps are in their first extended positions. Restriction, the recessed device has a size so that the hoe is tightly received therein; a first electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and the first electrical lead is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, it and the hoe The first electrical contact inside completes electrical continuity; a second electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and the second electrical lead is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, it contacts the second electrical contact in the hoe. Complete \ electrical continuity; and any telecommunications that will appear on the first and second electrical contacts The number is transmitted to the device that uses the data. 0 Ministry of Economic Affairs · ί ?. ϊ-Property Bureau employee printing cooperative printed 50. If the communication card is defined in the 49th scope of the patent application, the communication card complies with the PCMCI A standard 051, such as The communication card as defined in item 49 of the scope of patent application, wherein the recessed device tightly receives an RJ-xx series plug. 52. The communication card as defined in item W of the patent application scope, wherein the mobile device includes a device for moving the first jaw clamp and the second jaw clamp into and out of the communication card, and the first jaw clamp and the second jaw clamp are substantially Orientation parallel to each other, and pivoting. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 A8 5 6073_1) 6. The scope of patent application The device where the first jaw and the second jaw are separated from each other. Mn I II ϋ II innn 9 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 5 3 .—A communication card for use in a data-using device, and for receiving RJ-XX series plugs with deflection clips, and for connection with At least the first and second electrical contacts provided on the plug complete the electrical connection, and include: a recessed device * for receiving the steamed bread, the recessed device has a size so that the steamed bread is tightly received therein; and is rotated in an angular direction For the device of the recessed device, the angle direction is selected from the group consisting of 90 degrees, 180 degrees, and 270 degrees, while maintaining operative connection with the hoe; a first electrical lead wire provided in the recessed device, the first An electric wire In order that when the plug is received in the recessed device, it completes electrical continuity with the first electrical contact in the hoe; a second electrical lead is provided in the recessed device, and the second electrical lead is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device When the recessed device is installed, it completes electrical continuity with the second electrical contact in the hoe; and the device that transmits any electrical signal appearing on the first and second electrical contacts to the computer device. Ministry of Economic Affairs, «Property Bureau 54. A type of communication card printed by MX-Consumer Cooperative for use with a data-use device including a PCMCIA type 111 card slot. The communication card is used to accept KJ-XX series gimmicks with deflection clips and is supplied with The electrical connection with at least the first and second electrical contacts provided on the hoe is completed. The communication card includes a body; a plurality of wires formed at the first end of the card body; and a shell formed at the card body. The first end of the case, the outer casing is retracted and the paper size is in accordance with the Chinese national standard (CNSM4 specification (210 X 297 male splash &quot; -75- 456073 A8 RB C8 D8) 6. The first end of the patent application card body ; A recess formed in the shell A receiving member; a grasping member adapted to hold the deflection clip; a device for moving the grasping member so that the recess is enlarged to tightly receive the hoe and engage the deflecting clip so that the contacts on the hoe contact the card body operatively A wire; a second end of the card body to complete the connection to the PCMCIA type III card slot; a communication device covering the card body; each wire further includes: a first electrical wire provided in the recess device, the first An electric wire is placed so that when the plug is received in the recessed device, it completes electrical continuity with the first electric contact in the hoe; a second electric wire is provided in the recessed device, and the second electric wire is placed so that When the plug is received in the recess, it completes electrical continuity with the second electrical contact in the hoe; and the device that transmits any electrical signals appearing on the first and second electrical contacts to the communication device. 55. -A PC card for use in a data use device including a PCMCIA type 111 card slot, including: an upper surface; a lower surface; a device for receiving a magnetic disk between the upper surface and the lower surface; and a PC card When Cha into the slot, the data will appear in the data transmitted to the disk apparatus using the device. This paper KJiiiS uses China Store Standard (CNS) A4 size (2K) X 297 will ------------ v ^ .-------- Order ---- 1-- --Line {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) f Economy 邡 &quot; 迖 时 工 局 局 PKr-; l, iiv '&quot;i1; fL,: ,, K 45 6073 π! C8 D8 VI 、 Scope of patent application 56. The PC card as defined in item 55 of the scope of patent application, wherein the magnetic disk includes a disc with a size of about 2.16 inches by 1.98 inches by 0.77 inches. 57. —A communication connector for use with a data-using device 'The communication connector includes: a socket member;-a socket in the socket member, which tightly receives an RJ_XX plug;-a rail member that is placed to surround the socket The rail member has a first folding position and a second open position. When the rail member is in its second open and open position, the RJ-xx hoe passes through the rail member; multiple contacts are formed in the In the socket, the multiple contacts are placed to mate with the corresponding contacts in the RJ-XX plug, and a signal is transmitted therebetween. "Telescopic device, when the rail member is in its first closed position," the socket The component is retracted into the data using device, and is used to extend the socket member out of the data using device, so that the socket member is at least partially hidden when it is in the retracted position, and when the socket member is protruding from it Maintain operational contact with EJ ~ XX hoe when it is in position. 58. As defined in item S7 of the scope of patent application, a communication connector for use with a data-using device, where the data-using device contains-PC + 〇59. If applying for a patent The first enclosure 57 is defined for use in data communications using the connection means, wherein the head Cha by 1 ^ -11, RJ_12, selected the group consisting of the RJ-45 Cha header. 60. A communication connector for use in a data-use device as defined in item 57 of the scope of the patent application, which further includes a device that deflects the pedestal member to its extended position. 0 This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order: -line '
TW088108030A 1999-02-17 1999-05-18 Compliant communications connectors TW456073B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/251,391 US6773291B1 (en) 1993-11-12 1999-02-17 Compliant communications connectors
PCT/US1999/003446 WO1999041805A2 (en) 1998-02-17 1999-02-17 Compliant communications connectors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW456073B true TW456073B (en) 2001-09-21

Family

ID=22951764

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW088108030A TW456073B (en) 1999-02-17 1999-05-18 Compliant communications connectors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW456073B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI621937B (en) * 2015-12-11 2018-04-21 惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 Computing devices with movable input/output connectors
CN110112672A (en) * 2019-05-14 2019-08-09 汇充新能源科技(天津)有限公司 A kind of battery energy storage power station information interface device and application method

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI621937B (en) * 2015-12-11 2018-04-21 惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 Computing devices with movable input/output connectors
US10540313B2 (en) 2015-12-11 2020-01-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Computing devices with movable input/output connectors
CN110112672A (en) * 2019-05-14 2019-08-09 汇充新能源科技(天津)有限公司 A kind of battery energy storage power station information interface device and application method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6773291B1 (en) Compliant communications connectors
US6164989A (en) Adaptable communications connectors
US7074061B1 (en) Versatile communications connectors
US5411405A (en) Miniature electrical communications connectors
US6015092A (en) Smart card reader having angled smart card holder
US5938480A (en) Media connector interface for use with electrical apparatus
KR0167469B1 (en) A retractable expandable jack
US5472351A (en) Personal computer modem card interface construction
US6542358B1 (en) Retractable platform with wireless electrical interface
KR20000010785A (en) Smart card computer adaptor
TW502222B (en) A PC card having an antenna unit
CN103247882B (en) Fixing Structure of Interface Card Connector
TW200537748A (en) Configuration changeable adapter
TW456073B (en) Compliant communications connectors
JP2009282951A (en) Card reader
US6345988B1 (en) Inter-card connection between adjacently positioned expansion cards
CN216389958U (en) Sliding type double-joint connecting wire
US20080099558A1 (en) Card reader with multiple slots
CN100416483C (en) Double-interface converter of micro storage
CN212182634U (en) Multifunctional connector
US6456496B1 (en) Type III pccard system with full wall modular extendable RJ45/11 connector
JP2810840B2 (en) Media connector interface for communication card with PCMCIA structure
CN215416677U (en) Novel four-in-one card reader
CN217306907U (en) Combined hard disk docking station
CN217087076U (en) Multifunctional docking station